Перевод: с греческого на английский

с английского на греческий

С английского на:
Греческий
С греческого на:
Английский

Prose form being

Толкование Перевод

1 ἵζω

ἵζω, imper. ἵζε (not ἷζε) Od.24.394, E.Hec. 145 (anap.): [tense] impf.

A ἷζον Il.20.15
, E.Alc. 946, [dialect] Ion. ἵζεσκον Od.3.409
: [tense] aor. εἷσα Il.23.359
, Hdt. 3.61, IG3.701, Hymn.Is.5, etc.; imper. εἷσον Od.7.163
codd.; part. ἕσας 10.361
, Cyren. acc. ἕσσαντα (v. infr.); inf. ἕσσαι Pi.P.4.273
(the only tenses in Hom.): [tense] aor. ἵζησα D.C.50.2
, 58.5, etc.: [tense] pf. ἵζηκα ([etym.] ἐν-) Gal.2.691, 15.452, ([etym.] συν-) Philostr.Im.2.20:—[voice] Med., v. infr. 1 and 111, and cf. ἕζομαι.—Mostly in Poets and late Prose, the [dialect] Att. Prose form being καθίζω: (Redupl. si-sd-ō, [tense] aor. (augmented) e-sed-s-, cf. ἕζομαι, ἑδος):

I causal, make to sit, seat, place, set, μή μ' ἐς θρόνον ἵζε Il.24.553
, cf. Hdt.3.61; βουλὴν ἷζε Il.2.53
; ἵζει μάντιν ἐν θρόνοις A.Eu.18
; ὅς μ' ἐπὶ βουσὶν εἷσ' set me over the oxen, Od.20.210; σκοπὸν εἷσε set as a spy, Il.23.359; λόχον εἷσαν laid an ambush, 4.392; εἷσεν δὲ (v.l. δ' ἐν) Σχερίῃ settled [them] in Scheria, Od.6.8, cf. Il.2.549; ἐπὶ χώρας ἕσσαι Pi.P.
l.c.; ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον ἵζειν τοὺς βασιλέας Hdt.6.57
; ἕσσαντα ἐπὶ τῷ ὠδῷ having caused (the suppliant) to sit on the threshold, Berl.Sitzb.1927.170 ([place name] Cyrene): rare in Trag., σὺ γάρ νιν εἰς τόδ' εἷσας αὔχημ ' for thou didst throne her in this pride, S.OC 713 (lyr.).

2 later in [tense] aor. 1 [voice] Med. εἱσάμην, [ per.] 3sg. εἵσατο IG12(5).615
(Iulis, v B.C., written εσατο), 2.1298.4 (ii B.C.), 1336.1 (ii B.C.):— set up and dedicate temples, statues, etc. in honour of gods, Thgn.12, Hdt.1.66; τέμενος ἕσσαντο Pi.P.4.204
; ἕσσατο βωμόν Id.Oxy.408.37
: [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3sg. hίσατο IG9(1).704
(Corc., vi B.C.), ἵσσατο ib.4.569 ([place name] Argos); [ per.] 3pl. [ἥ]σσαντο BCH33.171
(ibid., iii B.C.); part. ἑσσάμενος IG4.840.7
, 841.23 (Calauria, iii B.C.): [dialect] Att. part. prob. ἑσάμενος, θυσίας τὰς πατρίους τῶν ἑσαμένων (ἑσς-, ἐσς-, εἰς- codd.).. ἀφαιρήσεσθε Th.3.58
; later εἱσάμενος IG22.1364
(i A.D.), Plu.Them. 22, Thes.17, Pyrrh.1, Luc.Syr.D.1, also Hdt.1.66 codd.: late [tense] fut. εἵσομαι ἱερόν A.R.2.807
.

II intr., sit, sit down, Il.2.96, 792, etc.; ἷζε ἐν μέσσοισι he sat in the midst, 20.15; ἵζειν ἐς θρόνον Od.8.469
, Hdt.5.25; ἐς θᾶκον S.Ant. 1000
; ἐπὶ θρόνου Il.18.422
, cf. Od.17.339; ἐπὶ [λίθοισιν] 3.409; ἐπ' ἄκριας ἠνεμοέσσας 16.365
; ἐπὶ κώπην, of rowers, Ar.Ra. 199; ἐπὶ κώπᾳ πηδαλίῳ τε E.Alc. 441
(lyr.); ἐπὶ τοὺς νεώς Epicr.3.12
; νέφεσσι.. Ὀλύμποιο.. ἵζων Ζεύς Pi.Pae.6.93
: c. acc. loci, ἵζειν θρόνον A.Ag. 982
(lyr.); βωμόν E. Ion 1314
: c. acc. cogn., ἵ. κλωπικὰς ἕδρας Id.Rh. 512
.

2 sit still, be quiet, h.Merc.457 (dub.).

3 metaph., sink, εἰς ὀχετὸν ἄτας ἵζοισαν πόλιν sink into.., Pi.O.10(11).38; εἰς ἑτέραν ἵζει ἕδραν Pl.Ti. 53a
.

III [voice] Med. in signf. 11, sit, πάροιθ'.. ἵζευ ἐμεῖο Il.3.162
; Διὸς.. ποτὶ βωμὸν ἑρκείου ἵζοιτο Od.22.335
; ἱσσάμενος ἐπὶ τῷ δαμοσίῳ ἱαρῷ Berl.Sitzb.1927.169
([place name] Cyrene); late [tense] fut. εἵσεται Phylarch.44J.
: [dialect] Dor. [tense] pres. imper.
ἵσδευ
Papers of Amer.Sch.at Athens
3
No. 437 ([place name] Pisidia); lie in ambush, ἔνθ' ἄρα τοί γ' ἵζοντ' Il.18.522
; freq. of an army, take up a position, ἵζεσθαι ἀντίοι τινί Hdt.9.26
; ἵζεσθαι ἐν τῷ Τηϋγέτῳ, ἐς τὸ Τηΰγετον, Id.4.145, 146; ἐν τῷ Ἰσθμῷ, ἐς τὸν Ἰσθμόν, Id.8.71; of a fleet, Id.6.5: generally ἐς ἱρὸν Ἀφροδίτης Id.1.199
; ἐς τὰ πρόθυρα Id.3.140
; in Trag., ἐν ἁγνῷ ἵζεσθε A.Supp. 224
; ἐς θρόνους E. Ion 1618
: c. acc., ἵζεσθαι κρήνας Id.IA 141
(lyr.).

2 of things, settle down, subside, ἡ νῆσος ἱζομένη Pl.Ti. 25c
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἵζω
2 φόνιος

φόν-ιος, ον, also ος, α, ον A.Ch. 312 (anap.), S.Tr. 831 (lyr.), poet.Adj. (cf. φοίνιος), the prose form being φονικός,

A bloody, φ. σταγόνες A.Ch. 400
(anap.); τραῦμα E.Rh. 750
(anap.).

II blood-stained, χεῖρες A.Eu. 317
(anap.); φ. πέλεκυς S.El.99
(anap.); ὄνυξ E.Hel. 1089
, etc.

2 murderous, deadly, δράκων A.Pers.82
(lyr.); πληγή Id.Ch. 312
(anap.); Άΐδας S.OC 1689
(lyr.); ὁρμά Ar.Av. 345
(lyr.): metaph., φ. ἄλγεα Pi. Fr. 132
; ἄχεα E.Ph. 1031
(lyr.): γῆρας Id.HF 649
(lyr., s. v. l.): neut. pl. as Adv., φόνια δερκόμενον Ar.Ra. 1337
(lyr.).

3 of actions, etc., murderous, ἀγών E.Or. 334
(lyr.), Arist.Fr. 674 (pl.); ἔργα φ. deeds of blood, E.El. 1178 (lyr.); φ. κατάραι ib. 1324 (lyr.); for φονίᾳ νεφέλᾳ, S.Tr. 831 (lyr.), v. νεφέλη 1.2.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > φόνιος
3 ἐπεί

ἐπεί, Conj., both temporal and causal; also [full] ἐπειδή, [full] ἐπείτε.

A OF TIME ( ἐπειδή is more freq. in this sense in Prose), after that, since, when, from Hom. downwds.:

I with Ind.,

1 of a definite occurrence in past time, mostly c. [tense] aor., ἐπεί π' εὔξαντο after they had prayed, Il.1.458;
ἐπειδὴ ἐτελεύτησε Δαρεῖος καὶ κατέστη Ἀρταξέρξης
after D.
had died and A. had succeeded, X.An.1.1.3: rarely c. [tense] impf., ἐπειδὴ εἱστιώμεθ' Ar.Nu. 1354
; ἐ. πόντον εἰσεβάλλομεν E.IT 260
; ἐ. ἠσθένει Δαρεῖος X.An.1.1.1
: c. [tense] plpf., ἐπειδὴ ἐξηπάτησθε.. after you had been deceived.., D.18.42; but generally the [tense] aor. is found, the [tense] plpf. being used only for special emphasis: c. [tense] impf. to express an action not yet complete, ἐπεὶ ὑπηντίαζεν ἡ φάλαγξ καὶ ἡ σάλπιγξ ἐφθέγξατο after the phalanx began to advance and the trumpet had sounded, X.An.6.5.27.

2 with implied reference to some later time, ἐ. or ἐπειδή, = ἐξ οὗ, from the time when, since, mostly c. [tense] aor., πολλὰ πλάγχθη, ἐ. ἔπερσε Od.1.2
; ἐπείτε παρέλαβον τὸν θρόνον, τοῦτο ἐφρόντιζον ever since I came to the throne, I had this in mind, Hdt.7.8.
ά; ἐπειδήπερ ὑπέστη Th.8.68
; δέκατον μὲν ἔτος τόδ' ἐ... ἦραν A.Ag. 40
: sts. c. [tense] pres. (used in [tense] pf. sense) and [tense] pf., ἐ. δὲ φροῦδός ἐστι στρατός since the army is gone, S.Ant.15; ἐπείτε ὑπὸ τῷ Πέρσῃ εἰσί, πεπόνθασι τοιόνδε ever since they have been, now that they are.., Hdt.3.117.

II with Subj., ἄν being always added in [dialect] Att. Prose, and ἄν or κε generally in Poetry: ἐπεί with ἄν becomes ἐπήν (so in Com., Ar.Lys. 1175,Av. 983), later ἐπάν (q.v.), [dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν Schwyzer 800
(vi B.C.), Hdt.3.153, al., ἐπήν Hp.Fract.6
, al., and ἐπειδή with ἄν ἐπειδάν (q.v.); Hom. has ἐπεί κε, ἐπήν (once ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412
):

1 referring to future time with [tense] fut. apodosis, τέκνα ἄξομεν.. ἐπὴν πτολίεθρον ἕλωμεν when we shall have taken the city, Il.4.238; ἐ. κ' ἀπὸ λαὸς ὄληται 11.764
. cf. Od.17.23; ἐπεάν περ ἡμίονοι τέκωσι, τότε τὸ τεῖχος ἁλώσεσθαι Hdt.3.153
; ταῦτ', ἐπειδὰν περὶ τοῦ γένους εἴπω, τότ' ἐρῶ I will speak of this, when I have spoken.., D.57.16, cf. X.An.2.3.29; ἐ. ἂν σύ γε πότ μον ἐπίσπῃς Il.6.412
; χρὴ δέ, ὅταν μὲν τιθῆσθε τοὺς νόμους,.. σκοπεῖν, ἐπειδὰν δὲ θῆσθε, φυλάττειν whenever you are enacting your laws,.. and after you have enacted them.., D.21.34.

2 of repeated action, with a [tense] pres. apodosis, whenever, when once, δαμνᾷ, ἐ. κε λίπῃ ὀστέα θυμός Od.11.221
, cf. Il.9.409; ἐπειδὰν ἡ ἐκφορὰ ᾖ.. ἄγουσι whenever the burial takes place they bring, Th.2.34; ἐπειδὰν κρύψωσι γῇ.. λέγει when they have covered them with earth, ibid.: sts. without ἄν or κε in Poets, ἐ. ἂρ βλέφαρ' ἀμφικαλύψῃ Od.20.86
; ἐ. δὴ τόν γε δαμάσσεται.. ὀϊστός Il.11.478
, cf. S.OC 1225 (lyr.), Ant. 1025.

3 like A.1.2, δέκα ἡμερῶν ἐπειδὰν δόξῃ within ten days from the passing of the resolution, IG12.88.7.

III with Opt. (without ἄν):

1 referring to future time, ἐπειδὴ πρὸς τὸ φῶς ἔλθοι, ὁρᾶν οὐδ' ἂν ἓν δύνασθαι (sc. οὐκ οἴει); after he had come into the light.., Pl.R. 516a: Hom. sts. uses ἐπήν with opt. in same sense as ἐπεί, Il.24.227, Od.2.105 (codd.), etc.

2 more freq. of repeated action, with a past apodosis, ἐ. ζεύξειεν.., δησάσκετο Il.24.14
; ἐπειδὴ δέ τι ἐμφάγοιεν, ἀνίσταντο X.An.4.5.9
; ἐ. πύθοιτο, ἐπῄνει Id.Cyr.5.3.55
, cf. Th.8.38, Pl.Phd. 59d, Prt. 315b.

3 in orat. obliq. after past tenses, representing a subj. in orat. rect., αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπεὶ διαβαίης, ἀπιέναι ἔφησθα (the direct form being ἐπὴν διαβῶ) X.An. 7.2.27, cf. 3.5.18, Cyr.1.4.21; after opt. in a final clause, ἐπορεύοντο, ὅπως ἐπειδὴ γένοιντο ἐπὶ τῷ ποταμῷ.. ἴοιεν Th.7.80
.

4 by assimilation to opt. in principal clause, ἦ τ' ἂν.. νῦν μὲν ἀνώγοιμι πτολεμίζειν.. ἐπὴν τεισαίμεθα λώβην Il.19.208
; ὃς τὸ καταβρόξειεν ἐπεὶ κρητῆρι μιγείη Od.4.222
.

5 ἐπειδάν c. opt. is f.l. in some passages of early authors, as X.Cyr.1.3.11, D.30.6 (c. ind., Plb.13.7.8): found in later Gr., Agath.2.5, al., Zos.5.18.10.

IV with Inf., only in orat. obliq., ἐπειδὴ δὲ κατὰ σχολὴν σκέψασθαι, κόπτεσθαι (sc. ἔφη) Pl.R. 619c, cf.Smp. 174d, Hdt.4.10, 7.150.

V with other words:

1 ἐ. τάχιστα as soon as, freq. separated by a word, ἐ. ἦλθε τάχιστα,.. ἀπέδοτο X.An.7.2.6
; ἐ. δὲ τάχιστα διέβη Id.Cyr.3.3.22
; ἐ. θᾶττον Arist.Pol. 1284a40
; ἐ. εὐθέως X.HG3.2.4
; ἐ... αὐτίκα Pi.N.1.35
; ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα Pl.Prt. 310c
, D.27.16; ἐπειδὰν τάχιστα Hdt.8.144
, X.An.3.1.9; rarely ἐπειδὴ θᾶττον D.37.41
; ἐπειδὰν θᾶττον Pl.Prt. 325c
.

b ἐ. τὰ πρῶτα Il.12.420
; ἐ. τὸ πρῶτον A.Ag. 1287
.

2 with emphatic Particles, ἐπεὶ ἄρα when then, in continuing a narrative, Il.6.426; ἐπεὶ οὖν when then, in resuming a narrative, 1.57, 3.4; ἐπεὶ ὦν Hdt.3.9
; ἐπεὶ γὰρ δή Id.9.90
, etc.

B CAUSAL ( ἐπεί more freq. in this sense in early Prose: ἐπειδή whereas is used in preambles of decrees, IG22.103, etc.;
ἐπειδήπερ
inasmuch as, Ev. Luc.
1.1
), since, seeing that, freq. from Hom. downwards:

1 with Ind. (after both present and past tenses), ἐ. οὐδὲ ἔοικε Il.1.119
, cf. 153, 278, Pi.O.4.16, X.Mem.2.3.4; ἐπειδή Th.8.80
; ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐθέλεις Pl.Prt. 335c
; νίκη δ' ἐπείπερ ἕσπετ', ἐμπέδως μένοι A.Ag. 854
; freq. with past tenses with ἄν, ἐπεὶ οὔποτ' ἂν στόλον ἐπλεύσατ' ἄν S.Ph. 1037
; ἐπεὶ οὔ κεν ἀνιδρωτί γ' ἐτελέσθη Il.15.228
, cf. D. 18.49; οὐ γὰρ ἂν σθένοντά γε εἷλέν μ'· ἐπεὶ οὐδ' ἂν ὧδ' ἔχοντ' (sc. εἷλεν) S.Ph. 948: esp. in the sense, for otherwise.., Pi.O.9.29, S.OT 433, X.Mem.2.7.14, Herod.2.72, etc.: so c. [tense] fut., ἐξέστω δὲ μηδενὶ.. τεθῆναι.., ἐ. ἀποδώσει.. otherwise he shall pay.., Rev.Et.Anc.4.261 (near Smyrna): c. imper., ἐ. δίδαξον for teach me, S.El. 352, OC 969, cf. OT 390, Ar.V.73, Pl.Grg. 473e: with an interrog., ἐ. πῶς ἂν καλέσειας; for how would you call him? Ar.Nu. 688, cf. Pi.P.7.5, A.Ch. 214, S. Tr. 139 (lyr.); ὦ Ἀλκιβιάδη, ἐπειδὴ περὶ τίνος Ἀθηναῖοι διανοοῦνται βουλεύεσθαι, ἀνίστασαι συμβουλεύσων; Pl.Alc.1.106c
.

2 c. Opt., ἐ. ἂν μάλα τοι σχεδὸν ἔλθοι Il.9.304
, cf. S.Aj. 916; so after past tenses on the principle of orat. obliq., ἐπείπερ ἡγήσαιντο since (as they said) they believed, X.Mem.1.4.19.

3 c. Inf. in orat. obliq., ἐ. γιγνώσκειν γε αὐτά Pl.Prt. 353a
, cf. Hdt.8.111, Th.2.93.

4 in elliptical expressions, ἀδύνατός [εἰμι], ἐ. ἐβουλόμην ἂν οἷός τ' εἶναι I am unable (and yet I am sorry), for I should like to have the power, Pl.Prt. 335c; so εἶμι· ἐ. καὶ ταῦτ' ἂν ἴσως οὐκ ἀηδῶς σου ἤκουον ibid. (here the sense may be given by and yet, although, cf. ib. 333c, 317a, Ap. 19e, Smp. 187a, Arist.EN 1121a19); ἐ. ὅ γε ἀποθανὼν πελάτης τις ἦν ἐμός and yet (moreover) the murdered man was my own hired man, Pl. Euthphr.4c.

b sts. after a voc., where 'listen' may be supplied, Ἕκτορ, ἐ. με κατ' αἶσαν ἐνείκεσας Il.3.59
, cf. 13.68, Od.3.103, 211.

5 with other Particles, ἐ. ἄρα, ἐ. ἂρ δή since then, Od.17.185; ἐ. γε (ἐπεί.. γε Il.1.352
, Hes. Th. 171), more emphatic than ἐ., since indeed, E.Cyc. 181, Hipp. 955; ἐπειδή γε ib. 946, Pl.Phd. 77d, D.54.29; sts. separated, ἐπειδή.. γε S.El. 631
, Pl.Phd. 87c; ἐ. γε δή Hdt.3.9
, S.Ant. 923, ἐπειδή γε καί Th.6.18
; ἐ. ἦ since in truth, ἐ. ἦ πολὺ φέρτερόν ἐστι Il.1.169
, cf. 156, Od.9.276; ἐπείπερ (ἐ... περ Il.13.447
, Od.20.181) in Trag. and Prose, A.Ag. 822, S.OC75, Pl.Phd. 114d; ἐπειδήπερ in Com. and Prose, Ar.Ach. 437, 495, Nu. 1412, Th.6.18, Pl.R. 350e; ἐ. τοι since surely, S.OC 433; ἐ. νύ τοι Il.1.416
; ἐ. τοι καί E. Med. 677
, Pl.R. 567e. [ἐ. sts. begins a verse in Hom., Il.22.379, Od. 4.13, 8.452, 21.25; sts. coalesces by synizesis with οὐ, οὐδέ, etc., S. Ph. 446, 948, etc.]

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπεί
4 αποριών

ἀποριῶν

ἀφορίζω

mark off by boundaries: fut part act masc nom sg (attic epic doric ionic aeolic parad-form prose)

ἀπορία

being: fem gen pl

Morphologia Graeca > αποριών
5 ἀποριῶν

ἀποριῶν

ἀφορίζω

mark off by boundaries: fut part act masc nom sg (attic epic doric ionic aeolic parad-form prose)

ἀπορία

being: fem gen pl

Morphologia Graeca > ἀποριῶν
6 μάκαρ

μάκαρ [v. infr.], ᾰρος, ὁ, also [full] μάκαρς Alcm.10, 11; μάκαρ as fem., E.Hel. 375, Ba. 565, Ar.Av. 1722, Eub.104 (all lyr.), Orac. ap. D.S.8 Fr. 29, AP12.52 (Mel.), but usu. fem.

A μάκαιρα h.Ap.14
, Alcm.37, Sapph. 1.13, Pi.P.5.11, E.Alc. 1003 (lyr.), etc.; [dialect] Boeot. μάκηρα Corinn.Supp. 1.15
: with neut. Nouns in oblique cases, μακάρων ἐξ ἐτέων AP9.424
([place name] Duris); μακάρων τεκέων Nonn.D.21.263
. [ μᾰκᾱρ Archil.Supp.3.5, Sol.14, Diph.126.6 (mock-Epic), elsewh. μᾰκᾰρ Il.3.182, etc.]:— blessed, happy, prop. epith. of the gods, as opp. mortal men, πρός τε θεῶν μ. πρός τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων Il.1.339
: abs., μάκαρες the blessed ones, μακάρων μέγαν ὅρκον ὀμόσσαι Od.10.299
, cf. Hes.Op. 136, Sol.13.3, Pi.O.1.52, A.Supp. 1019 (lyr.); μ. χθόνιοι Id.Ch. 476
(lyr.); οὐράνιοι μ. E.HF 758
(lyr.); μ. ὀλίζονες lesser gods, Call.Jov.72.—In this sense always in pl., exc. in addressing single gods, as h.Hom.8.16, Sapph.l.c., Corinn.l.c., S.Ph. 400 (lyr.), etc.: freq. in Inscrr., μ. Παιάν IG14.1015
; μάκαιρα, of Persephone, ib.12(5).229 ([place name] Paros).

II of men, blest, fortunate, ὦ μάκαρ Ἀτρεΐδη Il.3.182
, cf. 24.377, Thgn.1013, Pi.P.4.59, etc.; μάκαιρα Θήβα, ἑστία, etc., Id.I.7(6).1, P.5.11, etc.; esp. wealthy, ἀνδρὸς μάκαρος κατ' ἄρουραν Il.11.68
, cf. Od.1.217.

III esp. μάκαρες, οἱ, the blessed dead, μ. θνητοῖς καλέονται Hes.Op. 141
; μακάρων νῆσοι the Islands of the Blest, ib. 171; of an oasis in the African desert, Hdt.3.26: sg., μ. νᾶσος Pi.O.2.71
; ἀπιὼν εἰς μακάρων δή τινας εὐδαιμονίας Pl.Phd. 115d
, cf. Grg. 523b, R. 519c, al.—This sense does not occur in Hom., and is the only usage found in Prose, μακάριος being the common form.

IV [comp] Sup. μακάρτατος Od.6.158
, 11.483, S.Fr. 410; μακάρων μακάρτατε, of Zeus, A.Supp. 524 (lyr.).

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μάκαρ
7 μαστίζω

μαστ-ίζω, Nonn.D.2.645, [dialect] Dor. [suff] μαστ-ίσδω Theoc.7.108: [dialect] Ep. [tense] aor.

A μάστιξα Il.5.768
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] aor. ἐμαστίχθην v.l. in Hdt.1.114; part. μαστιχθείς AP9.348
(Leon. Alex.): ([etym.] μάστιξ):—whip, flog, μάστιξεν δ' ἵππους Il.l.c., etc.; τυ.. ὑπὸ.. ὤμους μαστίσδοιεν (v. supr.) Theoc. l.c.: c. inf., μάστιξεν δ' ἐλάαν whipped them on or forward, Il.5.366, Od.6.82, etc.: metaph., ἵνα.. σε πολλοὶ μαστίξωσι λόγοις Epigr.Gr. 303.5
([place name] Smyrna).

2 stimulate the bowels, Steph. in Hp.2.311 D.:— [voice] Pass., ib.312 D.—[dialect] Ep. word, used twice in Com., Eup.72, Alex.133.5, also in LXX Nu. 22.25, Wi.5.11 ([voice] Pass.); and in late Prose, Plu.Alex. 42, Luc.Pr.Im.24, etc.; the [dialect] Att. form being μαστιγόω.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μαστίζω
8 τλάω

τλάω, never found in [tense] pres. (exc. in very late writers, as Tz.H. 9.133), this tense being supplied by the [tense] pf. τέτλαμεν, etc., or by τολμάω: [tense] fut.

A τλήσομαι Il.11.317
, A.Ag. 1290; [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Dor. τλάσομαι Sapph.75
, Pi.P.3.41; later [tense] fut. ταλάσσω Lyc.746
: [dialect] Ep. [tense] aor. 1. ἐτάλασσα Il.17.166
; subj. ταλάσσω 13.829
, 15.164 (an [tense] aor. [voice] Med. ταλάσσατο, Opp.C.3.155); inf. τελάσσαι Hsch.
(cf. τελα-μών): but the usu. [tense] aor. was ἔτλην, Il.18.433, etc., [dialect] Ep. τλῆν 5.385
, al., [dialect] Dor. ἔτλᾱν A.Ag. 224
(lyr.), etc.; [ per.] 3pl. ἔτλησαν E.Supp. 171
, [dialect] Dor. ἔτλᾱσαν S.Ph. 1201
(lyr.), [dialect] Ep. ἔτλᾰν Il.21.608
, Simon.107.7 (= IG7.53); imper. τλῆθι Thgn.1237
, Orac. ap. Hdt.5.56, S.Ph. 475, etc., [dialect] Dor. τλᾶθι Pi.P.4.276
; [ per.] 2sg. subj. τλῇς A.Supp. 428
(lyr.); opt. τλαίην, [ per.] 3pl. τλαῖεν Il.17.490
; inf. τλῆναι A.Pr. 704
, [dialect] Ep. τλήμεναι Theoc.25.174
; part. τλάς, τλᾶσα, A.Ag. 1453 (lyr.), Ch. 753, S.OC 1077 (lyr.): [tense] pf. τέτληκα, in [ per.] 2sg., Il.1.228, 543, Ar.Pl. 280, Th. 544, [ per.] 3sg., Od.19.347; in shorter forms with [tense] pres. sense, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl. τέτλαμεν 20.311
; imper. τέτλᾰθι Il.5.382
, τετλάτω Od.16.275
; opt. τετλαίην Il.9.373
; [dialect] Ep. inf. τετλάμεναι Od.13.307
, τετλάμεν 6.190
, τετλάναι Metag.18
(hex.); [dialect] Ep. part. τετληώς, fem. τετληυῖα Od.20.23
, masc. dat. τετληότι 4.447
, al., pl. τετληότες Il.5.873
, - ῶτες Orph.A. 1350
: [tense] plpf. ἐτέτλαμεν A.R. 1.807
:—poet. Verb, used by Isoc.4.96 (quoted by Arist.Rh. 1408b16), X.Cyr.3.1.3; but τολμάω is the common prose form (cf. τλήμων):

I suffer, undergo hardship, disgrace, etc. (never like φέρω, of bodily loads or burdens):

1 abs., hold out, endure, be patient, submit, ἤτοι ἐγὼ μενέω καὶ τλήσομαι Il.11.317
, cf. 19.308; ἔτι τλαίης ἐνιαυτόν Od.1.288
, cf. 2.219; esp. in imper., τέτλαθι, μῆτερ ἐμή, καὶ ἀνάσχεο Il. 1.586
; τλῆτε, φίλοι 2.299
; τέτλαθι δή, κραδίη Od.20.18
: so in inf., σὺ δὲ τετλάμεναι καὶ ἀνάγκῃ 13.307
: in part., τετληότι θυμῷ 4.447
, etc.; κραδίη τετληυῖα 20.23
: sts. folld. by a relat. clause, τλῆ μὲν Ἄρης, ὅτε μιν.. δῆσαν Il.5.385
, cf. 392; δηρὸν ἐτέτλαμεν εἴ κε.. μεταστρέψωσι νόον A.R.
l.c.

2 c. acc. rei, ἔτλην ἀνέρος εὐνήν I submitted to be wedded to a man, Il.18.433; ῥίγιστα.. τετληότες εἰμέν 5.873
; τλῆ δ' Ἀΐδης.. ὀϊστόν bore up under the wound from it, ib. 395; ἔτλαν πένθος Pi.I.7(6).37
; οἷα χρὴ πάθη τλῆναι πρὸς Ἥρας A. Pr. 704
, cf. Ag. 1453 (lyr.), Ch. 753, S.OC 1077 (lyr.), Tr.71, E.Hec. 1251.

II c. inf., dare or venture to do, οὔτε λόχονδ' ἰέναι τέτληκας θυμῷ Il.1.228
, cf. 7.480, 21.150, etc.; bring oneself to do something contrary to one's feelings, whether good or bad, have the courage, hardihood, effrontery, cruelty, or the grace, charity, patience, to do anything, ἔστε δὴ πατρὶ ἔτλην γεγωνεῖν νυκτίφοιτα δείματα I took courage to.., A.Pr. 657; ἔτλα θυτὴρ γενέσθαι θυγατρός Id.Ag. 224
(lyr.); ἔτλα.. φῶς ἀλλάξαι submitted to exchange.., S.Ant. 944 (lyr.); πῶς ἔτλης σὰς ὄψεις μαρᾶναι; how couldst thou quench thy orbs of sight? Id.OT 1327; οὐδ' ἔτλης.. ἐφυβρίσαι nor hadst thou the cruelty to.., Id.Aj. 1384; μὴ τλῇς με προδοῦναι be not so cruel as to forsake me, E.Alc. 275 (anap.); οὐ γὰρ ἂν τλαίην ἰδεῖν I could not bear to see, Ar.Nu. 119, cf. 1387 (lyr.), V. 1159, Pl. 280; so also in Il.24.35, 505, 519, Hes.Op. 718, Sapph.75, Pi.P.3.41, etc.

2 c. acc. rei, dare a thing, i.e. dare to do it, ἄτλητα τλᾶσα A.Ag. 408
(lyr.).

3 c. part., τάδε τέτλαμεν εἰσορόωντες Od.20.311
(but in 5.362, Il.5.383 the part. is independent of the Verb), cf. Simon.85.14, A.Ag. 1041 (s. v.l.), Th. 756 (lyr.), S.El. 943. (Root τελᾰ- ([etym.] τᾰλᾰ- ) alternating with τλᾱ-: also in πολύ-τλας, τάλας, τάλαντον, τολμάω, τελαμών, Lat. tollo, OE. polian 'endure', etc.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τλάω
9 ὄϊς

ὄϊς (Il.24.125), ὁ and ἡ, gen.

A ὄϊος Od.4.764
,al.; [dialect] Ion. dat. ὀΐ [[pron. full] ?ὄϊςX ¯ ] Ar. Pax 929 ; acc. ὄϊν Il.24.621
, al. (on οἴιδα v. οἶις): pl. ὄϊες [pron. full] ¯ ¯ ?ὄϊςX Od.9.425 ( οἴιες cod. Harl.), [pron. full] ?ὄϊςX ¯ ¯ Il.4.433, al., οἴιες Call.Ap.53
; gen. ὀΐων Od.9.167
, al.; dat. ὀΐεσσι Il.5.137
,al., Theoc.5.130, ὄεσσι Il.6.25
, al. ; also ὄϝεσι, in corrupt form ὄρεσι ([etym.] · προβάτοις), Hsch.; acc. pl. ὄϊς [pron. full] [ῑ] Il.11.245,al., Hes.Op. 775 (always before a consonant); [dialect] Dor. ὄῐς Theoc.8.45
, both from ὄϝινς, which is found at Argos, SIG56.30 (v B.C.) ; nom. and acc. pl. further [var] contr. to οἶς, Orac. ap. D.21.53 ; of these [var] contr. forms Hom. has only gen. sg. οἰός Il.12.451
,al., gen. pl. οἰῶν 11.696
, al.; cf. dat. pl. οἴεσιν Od.15.386
; acc. sg. οἶν Theoc.5.99
: in [dialect] Att. οἰ- is always contracted, οἶς Hdn.Gr.1.400, οἶν E.El. 513
, οἰός S.OC 475
, al., οἰί Arist.GA 769b20
, but ὀΐ Id.HA 522b33
; pl. οἶες X.Mem.3.2.1
, al., IG22.1358.36 ; acc. οἶς X.Cyr.5.2.5
, HG6.4.29, An. 6.2.3 ; gen. οἰῶν Arist.HA 596a31
, al.; dat. οἰσίν prob. in IG12.825.2, οἰσί prob. in SIG624.40 (ii B.C.): Cret. forms, nom. sg. οις, acc. οιν, GDI4963, but οἶις, οἶιν, ib.4990:—sheep, Hom., Hes., etc. (v. supr.) (but rare in Prose, πρόβατον being preferred), both of the ram and the ewe, though sts. a word is added to mark gender, ὄϊν ἀρνειὸν ῥέζειν θῆλύν τε μέλαιναν Od.10.527
, cf. 9.425 ; ὄϊν.. θῆλυν, ὑπόρρηνον Il.10.215
. [Always ῐ, exc. in dat. sg. ὀῑ, acc. pl. ὀῑς: gen. sg. οἰός exceptionally [pron. full] ?ὄϊςX ¯ (before a consonant) in Mnesim.4.47 : in οἴιες οἰ- may stand metri gr. for ὀ- (cf. πνοιή, ἠγνοίησε, etc.), but for Cret. οἶις, οἶιν some other expl. is needed.] (Arg. ὄϝις SIGl.c., cf. Skt. avis, Lat. ovis, Engl. ewe, etc.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὄϊς
10 ὁ

ὁ, [full] ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

A demonstr. Pronoun.

B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.

C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dual τοῖιν Od.18.34
, al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ; οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404
(anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ; τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11
; τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18
; τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e
; τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e
; τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75
(τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484, ταῖν Lys.19.17
, Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem., μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν Schwyzer664.8
(Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With ὁ, ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)

A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):

I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun, αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105
; τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186
, cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.

II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12
, al.

III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ; θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43
, cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.

IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.

V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.

VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter,
ὁ δέ
the former, Pl.Prt. 359e
, Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595
; τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d
, etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28
, cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ; πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c
; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg., ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6
: sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν or ὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317
-19, cf. 116 ; τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102
, cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.

2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ S.OC24
; τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b
; οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a
, etc.

3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41
; νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c
, cf. Phlb. 13c.

4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.

5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3
, cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. by ἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304
; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ; τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843
, etc. ; ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205
(v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ; σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45
, cf. μέν D.
III ; γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d
, cf. Tht. 181d.

6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491
; τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3
, cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87
; ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6
: this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.

7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.

8 the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ' ὁ.. οὔθ' ὁ Il.15.417
; ἢ τοῖσιν ἢ τοῖς A.Supp. 439
; οὔτε τοῖς οὔτε τοῖς Pl.Lg. 701e
.

VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,

1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v. ὅς A.
II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc., καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a
, cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt., καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61
, al.

2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b
: but mostly in acc., καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23
, cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ; τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141
, cf. 9.68 ; τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243
; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ' ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν Thgn.398
, cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.; τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53
; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.

VIII abs. usages of single cases,

1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12
.

b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ; τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46
; δελφῖνες τῇ καὶ τῇ ἐθύνεον ἰχθυάοντες Hes.Sc. 210
:—only poet.

c of Manner,
τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν
in this way, thus, Od.8.510
.

d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: without μέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48
.

e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.

2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose, τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d
, Sph. 230b.

b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.

3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6), τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37
; τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89
; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.

4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; also τὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14
; τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14
; τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90
: sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107
,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.

5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.

b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.; ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32
, cf. A.Eu. 462 ; τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59
.

c in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (lit. before this [day]), and to-day's, IG9(2).517.43 (Larissa, iii B.C.).

6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs., ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90
, Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.; ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71
; τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα μελάγγειον οὖσαν Plu.2.364c
: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47
codd.; with πάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19
, cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).

B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst.,
αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον
the hindmost man, Il.11.178
; τὸν ἄριστον 17.80
; τὸν δύστηνον 22.59
; τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325
; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also in τῶν ἄλλων 2.674
, al.: with Advs., τὸ πρίν 24.543
, al.; τὸ πάρος περ 17.720
; τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583
; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ; τὰ πρῶτα 1.6
,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ; ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559
.—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.

I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron., τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5
; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12; οὐχ ὑπὲρ τὴν οὐσίαν ποιούμενοι τοὺς παῖδας Pl.R. 372b
.

b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of ὁ with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).

c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.

d for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc., v. καί B.2.

2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109
; πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242
, etc.

b freq. with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45
, etc.

3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.

4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.

5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.; τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148
; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.

6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ; τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b
; ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d
, cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ; ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8
; τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8
: hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.

7 before Prons.,

a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc., τὸν ἐμέ Pl.Tht. 166a
,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ; τὸν αὑτόν Id.Phdr. 258a
; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.

b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.

c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst.,
ὁ τοιοῦτος
that sort of person, X.Mem.4.2.21
, etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art., τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13
.

8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6, πολύς 11.3
, etc.

9 the Art. with the [comp] Comp. is rare, if ἤ follows, S.Ant. 313, OC 796.

II elliptic expressions:

1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.

2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers., τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48
. But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86
; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.

3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.

4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.

5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as ὁ, ἡ, τὸ νῦν; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52
; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266
, cf.[315] (lyr.); ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412
(lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ; τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731
.

C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262
, cf. 1.300, al. ; Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526
(lyr.); Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86
; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3
, cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag., τῆς S.OC 1258
, Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.); τῷ S.Ph.14
; τήν Id.OC 747
, Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg. τεῦ Il.18.192
(s.v.l.).

D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:

a [dialect] Att. ὁ, ἡ, τό, with [pron. full] ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ.

b other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g., [dialect] Dor. ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ Theoc.1.65
, ὥλαφος from ὁ ἔλαφος ib. 135 ; [dialect] Ion. ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς- SIG57.45 (Milet., v B.C.) ; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή Heraclit.60
, etc.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὁ
11 ὅπως

ὅπως, [dialect] Ep. also and [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὅππως, [dialect] Ion. [full] ὅκως, [dialect] Dor. [full] ὁπῶς acc. to A.D.Adv.173.11: correlat. to ὡς and πῶς.

A ADV. OF MANNER, Relat. as, in such manner as, and with interrog. force how, in what manner, rarely indef., v. infr. A. V.

B FINAL CONJUNCTION, in such a manner that, in order that.

A ADV. OF MANNER, how, as:

I Relat. to ὥς or οὕτως (like ὡς), in such manner as, as:

1 with the ordinary Constr. of the Relat.:

a with ind., ἦ τοι νόστον, ὅπως φρεσὶ σῇσι μενοινᾷς, ὥς τοι Ζεὺς τελέσειεν Od.15.111
; οὕτως ὅ... S.Tr. 330
; ὧδ' ὅ. Id.El. 1301
; οὕτως ὅ. δύνανται Th.7.67
: sts. an analogous word replaces the antec. Adv., με τοῖον ἔθηκεν, ὅπως (for οἷον) ἐθέλει Od.16.208
: freq. without any antec. expressed, ἔλθοι ὅ... ἐθέλω (sc. αὐτὸν ἐλθεῖν) 14.172 ; ἔρξον ὅ. ἐθέλεις Il.4.37
, Od.13.145 ; χρῶ ὅ. βούλει X.Cyr.8.3.46
; ποίει ὅ. ἄριστόν σοι δοκεῖ εἶναι ib.4.5.50 ; ὅ. ἔχω as I am, on the spot, S. Ph. 819.

b with [tense] fut. ind., esp. after Verbs of seeing, providing, taking care.., in the manner in which, how, that, οἱ Περσικοὶ νόμοι ἐπιμέλονται ὅπως μὴ τοιοῦτοι ἔσονται οἱ πολῖται X.Cyr.1.2.3
; ποιέειν ὅκως μηκέτι κεῖνος ἐς Ἕλληνας ἀπίξεται Hdt.5.23
; ἐφρόντιζον ὅκως μὴ λείψομαι τῶν πρότερον γενομένων Id.7.8
.ά, cf. Pl.Ap. 29e ; ἔπρασσον ὅπως τις βοήθεια ἥξει Th.3.4
; τοῦτο μηχανᾶσθαι ὅπως ἀποφεύξεται πᾶν ποιῶν θάνατον Pl.Ap. 39a
; τούτου στοχαζόμενοι, ὅπως.. ἔσονται Id.Grg. 502e
(cf. infr.111.1 b, etc.): this [tense] fut. ind. may become opt. after a historical tense, ἐπεμελεῖτο ὅπως μήτε ἄσιτοι μήτε ἄποτοί ποτε ἔσοιντο X.Cyr.8.1.43
, cf. HG7.5.3, Cyr.8.1.10, Oec.7.5, Ages.2.8 ; and ὅπως is freq. used interchangeably with such forms as δι' ὧν, ὅτῳ τρόπῳ, etc., εἰσηγοῦνται μὴ δι' ὧν.. ἀσκήσουσιν, ἀλλ' ὅπως.. δόξουσι Isoc.1.4
, cf. Th.6.11: this sense easily passes into a final sense, so that, τοῦτο ἀπόβαλε οὕτω ὅκως μηκέτι ἥξει Hdt.3.40
; οὕτω δ' (sc. ποίει) ὅπως μήτηρ σε μὴ 'πιγνώσεται S.El. 1296
, cf. Ar.Ra. 905, X.Cyr.4.5.25, HG 2.4.17 ; v. infr. B.

2 with ἄν ([dialect] Ep. κε ) and subj. in indefinite sentences, in whatever way, just as, however, ὅππως κεν ἐθέλῃσιν Il.20.243
(but ὅπως ἐθέλῃσιν (without κε) Od.1.349, 6.189) ; οὕτως ὅκως ἂν καὶ δυνώμεθα Hdt.8.143
; οὕτως ὅπως ἂν αὐτοὶ βούλωνται X.Cyr.1.1.2
, cf. IG22.1.13 (v B. C.), Pl.Phd. 116a, Smp. 174b, etc.

b with opt. after historical tenses, οὕτως ὅ. τύχοιεν Th.8.95
; ὅ. βούλοιντο X.HG 2.3.13
; in a gnomic statement, εἰκῇ κράτιστον ζῆν ὅ. δύναιτό τις S. OT 979
: when ἄν appears with the opt., it belongs to the Verb and not to ὅπως, ὅ. ἄν τις ὀνομάσαι τοῦτο however one might think fit to call it, D.13.4.

3 a very common phrase is οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. ( οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως ) there is no way in which.., it cannot be that, οὐκ ἔστι ὅκως κοτὲ σοὺς δέξονται λόγους Hdt.7.102
, cf. Ar.Pl.18, D.18.208, al.; so οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. οὐ, fieri non potest quin, οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅ. οὐ πιστὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν πτερὸν ἐξήγαγ' S.OC97
, cf. Ar.Ach. 116, Eq. 426, Th. 882, Pl.Ap. 27e ; οὐδαμῶς ὅ. οὐ, in answer, it must positively be so, Id.Tht. 160d ; so also οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο τοῦθ' ὅ... οὐ φανῶ S.OT 1058
; οὐ γὰρ γένοιτ' ἄν, ταῦθ' ὅ. οὐχ ὧδ' ἔχειν (anacoluth. for ἔχει or ἕξει) Id.Aj. 378 : so in questions, ἔσθ' ὅ... ἔλθωμεν; Ar.V. 471 (v.l. -οιμεν) ; ἔστιν οὖν ὅ. ὁ τοιοῦτος φιλοσοφήσει; Pl.R. 495a, cf. Phdr. 262b, Tht. 154c : so, besides ind. of all tenses, οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅ. may be folld. by opt. with ἄν, οὐ γάρ ἐσθ' ὅπως μί' ἡμέρα γένοιτ' ἂν ἡμέραι δύο Ar.Nu. 1181
, cf. V. 212, Isoc.12.156, Pl.La. 184c: by ind. with ἄν, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ἂν.. κατέστησαν Isoc. 15.206
, cf. D.33.28 : ἄν is omitted in οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως λέξαιμι A.Ag. 620
, cf. E.Alc.52, Ar.V. 471 (v.l. ἔλθωμεν).

4 in Trag., etc., like ὡς in comparisons, κῦμ' ὅπως A.Pr. 1001
; γῄτης ὅπως S.Tr.32
, cf. 442, 683 ; ὅπως δρῦν ὑλοτόμοι σχίζουσι κάρα Id.El.98
(anap.) ; ὅπως ἁ πάνδυρτος ἀηδών ib. 1076 (lyr.), cf. Ph. 777, E.Andr. 1140 ; ὅκως τις καλλίης κάτω κύπτων Herod.3.41
; so in [dialect] Locr. Prose, ὅπω (ς) ξένον IG9(1).334.2
(V B.C.).

5 like ὡς or ὅτι, with [comp] Sup. of Advs., ὅ. ἄριστα A.Ag. 600
, IG12.44.8, etc.; ὅ. ἀνωτάτω as high up as possible, Ar. Pax 207 ; in full, οὕτως ὅ. ἥδιστα (sc. ἔχει) S.Tr. 330.

6 with a gen. added, σοῦσθε ὅ. ποδῶν run as you are off for feet, i. e. as quick as you can, A.Supp. 837 (lyr., where however < ἔχετε> shd. prob. be added); v. infr. 111.10, ἔχω (A) B. 11.2b.

7 sts. of Time, when, Τρῶες.. ὅπως ἴδον αἷμ' Ὀδυσῆος.., ἐπ' αὐτῷ πάντες ἔβησαν Il.11.459
, cf. 12.208, Od.3.373: freq. in Hdt. with opt., whenever, ὅκως μὲν εἴη ἐν τῇ γῇ καρπὸς ἁδρός 1.17
, cf. 68, 100, 162, 186, 2.13, 174, al.: in Trag. and Com., A.Pers. 198, S.El. 749, Tr. 765, Ar.Nu. 60 : with [comp] Sup. of Advs.,
ὅ. πρῶτα
as soon as, Hes.Th. 156
; ὅ. ὤκιστα Thgn.427
; ὅ. τάχιστα A.Pr. 230
.

8 of Place, where, dub. in Herod.3.75.

II ὅπως is sts. used to introduce the substance of a statement, after Verbs of saying, thinking, or perceiving, that, how, λόγῳ ἀνάπεισον ὅκως.. Hdt.1.37
; οὐδὲ φήσω ὅκως.. Id.2.49
, cf. 3.115, 116 ; τοῦτ' αὐτὸ μή μοι φράζ', ὅπως οὐκ εἶ κακός S.OT 548
, cf. Ant. 223, Pl.Euthd. 296e ; after ἐλπίζειν, S.El. 963, E.Heracl. 1051 ; after Verbs of emotion, ἐμοὶ δ' ἄχος.., ὅπως δὴ δηρὸν ἀποίχεται grief is mine, when I think how.. (i. e. that..), Od.4.109, cf. S.Ph. 169 (lyr.); after θαυμάζω freq. in [dialect] Att., θαυμάζω ὅ. ποτὲ ἐπείσθησαν Ἀθηναῖοι X.Mem.1.1.20
, cf. Pl.Cri. 43a.

2 οὐχ ὅ... ἀλλὰ or ἀλλὰ καὶ.. is not only not.. but.., and is expld. by an ellipsis of λέγω or ἐρῶ (cf. ὅτι IV), οὐχ ὅ. κωλυταὶ.. γενήσεσθε, ἀλλὰ καὶ.. δύναμιν προσλαβεῖν περιόψεσθε not only will you not become.., but you will also.., Th.1.35, cf. X.HG5.4.34, D.6.9 ; οὐχ ὅ. ὑμῖν τῶν αὑτοῦ τι ἐπέδωκεν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ὑμετέρων πολλὰ ὑφῄρηται Lys.30.26
; οὐχ ὅ. τούτων χάριν ἀπέδοσαν, ἀλλ' ἀπολιπόντες ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων συμμαχίαν εἰσῆλθον Isoc.14.27
, cf. D.18.131, 53.13 ; οὐ γὰρ ὅπως.., ἀλλὰ καὶ.. Id.21.11
; οὔκουν ὅπως.., ἀλλὰ.. X.Cyr.8.2.12
; also οὐχ ὅ..., ἀλλ' οὐδέ.., οὐχ ὅ. ἀδικοῦντες, ἀλλ' οὐδ' ἐπιδημοῦντες ἐφυγαδευόμεθα Id.HG2.4.14
; οὐχ ὅ. τῆς κοινῆς ἐλευθερίας μετέχομεν, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ δουλείας μετρίας τυχεῖν ἠξιώθημεν Isoc.14.5
; διμοιρίαν λαμβάνων ἐν ταῖς θοίναις οὐχ ὅπως ἀμφοτέραις ἐχρῆτο, ἀλλὰ διαπέμπων οὐδετέραν αὑτῷ κατέλειπε X.Ages.5.1
; οὐχ ὅ. ζημιοῦν, ἀλλὰ μηδ' ἀτιμάζειν.. Th.3.42
: so sts. μὴ ὅ. (where an imper. must be supplied), μὴ ὅ. ὀρχεῖσθαι ἀλλ' οὐδὲ ὀρθοῦσθαι ἐδύνασθε do not think that you could dance = so far from being able to dance, X.Cyr.1.3.10.

b οὐχ ὅ. rarely follows another clause, to say nothing of.., let alone.., πεπαύμεθ' ἡμεῖς, οὐχ ὅ. σε παύσομεν S.El. 796
; μηδ' ἐμπίδα, οὐχ ὅπως ταῦρον ἔτι ἄρασθαι δυνάμενος.. let alone a bull, Luc.Cont.8, cf. Prom.8, Pr.Im.7, Pisc. 31.

III in in direct questions, how, in what way or manner:

1 with ind.,

a ἔσπετε νῦν μοι ὅππως δὴ.. πῦρ ἔμπεσε νηυσίν Il.16.113
; εἴπ' ἄγε μ'.. ὅππως τούσδ' ἵππους λάβετον 10.545
; εὖ μοι κατάλεξον ὅπως ἤντησας Od.3.97
; ὅπως ἠφανίσθη οὐδὲ λόγῳ εἰκότι δύνανται ἀποφαίνειν Antipho 5.26
; Ἀλκιβιάδης ἀνήχθη.. ἐπὶ κατασκοπὴν.. τοῦ οἴκαδε κατάπλου ὅπως ἡ πόλις πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔχοι X.HG1.4.11
; οὐδέ τί πω σάφα ἴδμεν ὅπως ἔσται τάδε ἔργα Il.2.252
, etc.

b notably [tense] fut. after Verbs of deliberation (like the subj., v. infr. 2), φραζώμεθ' ὅπως ἔσται τάδε ἔργα 4.14
; φράζευ ὅπως Δαναοῖσιν ἀλεξήσεις κακὸν ἦμαρ (v.l. ἀλεξήσῃς) 9.251, cf. Od.13.376, 386, 19.557, 20.29,39.

2 with deliberative subj. after Verbs of deliberation, taking care, and the like , λεύσσει ὅπως ὄχ' ἄριστα.. γένηται Il.3.110
; ἐνόησεν (gnomic [tense] aor.) ὅππως κέρδος ἔῃ 10.225
; ἀλλ' ἄγεθ' ἡμεῖς οἵδε περιφραζώμεθα πάντες νόστον ὅπως ἔλθῃσι Od.1.77
, cf. 13.365 ; οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως.. φῶ S.OT 1367
, cf. Aj. 428, Lys.8.5, Pl.Men. 91d ; ἐπιμελητέον ὅπως τρέφωνται οἱ ἵπποι X.Eq.Mag.1.3
, cf. Oec.7.36,37,9.14, 15.1, Pl.Grg. 515c.—Sts. the [tense] fut. and subj. are conjoined without difference of meaning, ἐπράττετο γὰρ.., πρῶτον μὲν ὅπως μὴ περιμείνητε.., δεύτερον δὲ ὅπως ψηφιε̄σθε.., τρίτον δὲ ὅπως μὴ ἔσται Aeschin.3.65
, cf. X. Ages.7.7, Mem.2.2.10.—On ὅπως ἄν (κεν), v. infr. 5.

3 with opt. after tenses of past time, τῶν ἀδῄλων ὅπως ἀποβήσοιτο ib.1.3.2, etc.: after Verbs of deliberation, being virtually orat. obliq., μερμήριξε.. Ἥρη ὅπως ἐξαπάφοιτο (orat. rect. πῶς ἐξαπάφωμαι;) Il.14.160 ; μερμήριζεν ὅπως ἀπολοίατο πᾶσαι νῆες Od.9.554
, cf. 420 ; οὐ γὰρ εἴχομεν.. ὅπως δρῶντες καλῶς πράξαιμεν S.Ant. 271
; ἐπεμελήθημεν ὅπως ἐξαλειφθείη αὐτῷ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα Lys.6.39
, cf. 13.32, X.Cyr.6.2.11.

4 with opt. and ἄν freq. expressing a wish, which in orat. rect. would be expressed by πῶς ἄν, σκόπει ὅ. ἂν ἀποθάνοιμεν ἀνδρικώτατα Ar.Eq.81
(v.l. ἀποθάνωμεν), cf. Nu. 760 ; βουλευόμενοι ὅ. ἂν τὴν ἡγεμονίαν λάβοιεν τῆς Ἑλλάδος X.HG7.1.33
, cf. Cyr.2.1.4 ; τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιμελεῖται ὅ. ἂν θηρῷεν (v.l. -ῶσιν) ib.1.2.10: the opt. with ἄν and subj. sts. appear in consecutive clauses, Id.HG3.2.1.

5 ὅπως ἄν (κεν) with the subj. is used after imper. or inf. used as imper., πείρα ὅπως κεν δὴ σὴν πατρίδα γαῖαν ἵκηαι Od.4.545
; φράζεσθαι.., ὅππως κε μνηστῆρας.. κτείνῃς 1.295
; σκοπεῖτε.., ὅ. ἂν ὑμῖν πρᾶγος εὖ νικᾷ τόδε A.Supp. 233
, etc.; φύλασσε.. ἔπειθ' ὅ. ἂν.. ἡ χάρις.. ἐξ ἁπλῆς διπλῆ φανῇ S.Tr. 618
, cf. E.IA 539 : in Prose, ἐπιμεληθῆναι ὅ. ἂν.. X.Cyr.8.3.6
, cf. Pl.Prt. 326a; μηχανᾶσθαι Id.Phdr. 239b
, Grg. 481a, cf. Ar.Eq. 917.

6 rarely c. inf., ἐπιμελήθητε προθύμως ὅπως διπλάσια.. σῖτα καὶ ποτὰ παρασκευασθῆναι X.Cyr.4.2.37
(v.l. -εσκευασμένα ᾖ), cf. Oec.7.29, HG6.2.32; so later ὅπως παρακολουθῆμεν ([dialect] Dor. inf.) Supp.Epigr.1.170.18 (cf. p.138, Delph., ii B. C.); ὅπως.. ἔχειν, ὅπως.. εἴργεσθαι, D.S.20.4,85; ὅπως πέμπιν PTeb.315.30
(ii A. D.).

7 after Verbs of fear and caution, ὅπως and ὅπως μή are used with [tense] fut. ind. or [tense] aor. subj. :— the readings are freq. uncertain: the following (among others) are made certain either by the metre or the form,

a with [tense] fut. ind., δέδοιχ' ὅπως μὴ τεύξομαι Ar.Eq. 112
; παντὶ λόγῳ ἀντιτείνετε εὐλαβούμενοι ὅπως μὴ.. οἰχήσομαι Pl.Phd. 91c
; φόβος.. ἔστιν.. ὅπως μὴ αὖθις διασχισθησόμεθα Id.Smp. 193a
: sts. the preceding Verb is omitted, ὅπως μὴ οὐκ.. ἔσομαι Id.Men. 77a
.

b with [tense] aor. subj., τὴν θεὸν δ' ὅ. λάθω δέδοικα E.IT 995
; φυλάττου, ὅ. μὴ εἰς τοὐναντίον ἔλθῃς X.Mem.3.6.16
: rarely with [tense] pres., οὐ φοβεῖ ὅ. μὴ ἀνόσιον πρᾶγμα τυγχάνῃς πράττων Pl.Euthphr.4e
: sts. the preceding Verb is omitted, with [tense] aor. subj., ὅκως μή τι ὑμῖν πανώλεθρον κακὸν ἐς τὴν χώρην ἐσβάλωσι Hdt.6.85
: with [tense] pres. subj., ὅπως μὴ.. ᾖ τοῦτο Pl.Cra. 430d
.

c with opt. representing subj. after a historical tense, X. Mem.2.9.3.

8 this Constr. is used in admonitions or commands: in the orig. Constr. a Verb implying caution or circumspection precedes, ὅρα ὅκως μή σευ ἀποστήσονται Πέρσαι Hdt.3.36
; ἄθρει.. ὅπως μὴ ἐκδύσεται Ar.V. 141
; τηρώμεσθ' ὅπως μὴ.. αἰσθήσεται ib. 372 : but this came to be omitted, and ὅπως or ὅπως μή with [tense] fut. ind. or [tense] aor. subj. are exactly = the imper., ἔμβα χὤπως ἀρεῖς Id.Ra. 378
(lyr.): most freq. with [tense] fut. ind., ὅκως λόγον δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων, = δίδου λόγον, Hdt.3.142 ; ὅπως παρέσει μοι, = πάρισθι, Ar.Av. 131 ; ὅπως πετήσει Id. Pax77
, cf. X.An.1.7.3, Lys.1.21, 12.50, Pl.Grg. 489a, etc.: rarely with I pers., ὁποῖα κισσὸς δρυός, ὅπως τῆσδ' ἕξομαι E.Hec. 398
, cf. Ar.Ec. 297 (lyr.): very rarely with [tense] aor. subj., ὅπως μή τι ἡμᾶς σφήλῃ Pl.Euthd. 296a
codd.; ὅπως μὴ.. ἐξαπατήσῃ Id.Prt. 313c
; ὅπως μὴ ποιήσητε D.4.20
codd.—The codd. freq. vary, as between διδάξεις and - ξῃς Ar.Nu. 824
; τιμωρήσονται and - ωνται Th.1.56
; πράξομεν and - ωμεν ib.82 ; θορυβήσει and - σῃ D.13.14
, etc.—Since the [tense] fut. is frequently, and the [tense] aor. (whether 1 or 2) rarely guaranteed by metre or form, the [tense] aor. 1 forms shd. prob. be rejected, both in signf. 7 and 8, in cases where codd. vary.

9 as the echo to a preceding πῶς; in dialogue, A καὶ πῶς; B ὅπως; [do you ask] how? Ar. Eq. 128; A πῶς με χρὴ καλεῖν; B ὅπως; Id.Nu. 677, cf. Pl. 139.

10 with a gen. (v. supr. 1.6),
οὐκ οἶδα παιδείας ὅπως ἔχει καὶ δικαιοσύνης
in the matter of.., Pl.Grg. 470e
, cf. R. 389c.

IV in direct questions, how? ἔπραξας ὅπως; Jul.Ep.82p.106B.-C.; cf. ὅστις.

V indef., anyhow, τὸ οὐδ' ὅ. the expression 'not at all', Pl.Tht. 183b (v.l. οὐδ' οὕτως).

B FINAL CONJUNCTION, that, in order that, the original notion of modality being merged in that of purpose or design, cf. ἵνα, with which it is sts. interchanged, Antipho 1.23 and 24, And.3.14, Lycurg. 119 sq.:—in early [dialect] Att. Inscrr. only ὅπως ἄν is used, IG12.39.19, al. ; ὅπως without ἄν only once in cent. iv B. C., ib.22.226.42 (343 B.C.), after which it becomes gradually prevalent:

1 with subj.,

a after primary tenses, or after subj. or imper., τὸν δὲ μνηστῆρες.. λοχῶσιν, ὅπως ἀπὸ φῦλον ὄληται Od.14.181
, cf. A.Ch. 873, S.Ph. 238, El. 457, X.Mem.2.10.2, etc.

b after historical tenses (v. ἵνα B. 1.1b
), when there is no [tense] pf. form, or when the [tense] aor. represents the [tense] pf., ξυνελέγημεν ἐνθάδε, ὅ. προμελετήσωμεν we were convened, i. e. we have met in assembly, Ar.Ec. 117 ; παρήλθομεν.., ὅπως μὴ χεῖρον βουλεύσησθε Th.1.73
; also when the occurrence purposed is regarded from the point of view of the person purposing, ἦλθον πρεσβευσόμενοι, ὅπως μὴ σφίσι.. τὸ αὐτῶν [ναυτικὸν] ἐμπόδιον γένηται ib.31, cf. 57,65, etc.: sts. the opt. and subj. appear in consecutive clauses, φρυκτοὺς παρεσκευασμένους ἐς αὐτὸ τοῦτο, ὅπως ἀσαφῆ τὰ σημεῖα.. ᾖ καὶ μὴ βοηθοῖεν Id.3.22
, cf. 6.96, 7.17.

2 with opt. after historical tenses, πὰρ δέ οἱ αὐτὸς ἔστη, ὅπως.. κῆρας ἀλάλκοι Il.21.548
; more freq. in Od., as 13.319, 14.312, 18.160, 22.472; so in S.OT 1005, OC 1305, X.Cyr.1.4.25, Pl.Ti. 77e, etc.: after historical [tense] pres., πέμπει τούσδ' ὅπως κτείνοιεν A.Pers. 450
; ἡγεμόνα πέμπει ὅπως ἄγοι X.An.4.7.19
: after opt., ἔλθοι.. ὅ. γένοιτο A.Eu. 297
, cf. S.Aj. 1221 (lyr.).

3 with ind.,

a of historical tenses, where the principal clause expresses an action or obligation unfulfilled, εἴθ' εἶχε φωνὴν ἔμφρον' ἀγγέλου δίκην, ὅ. δίφροντις οὖσα μὴ 'κινυσσόμην A.Ch. 196
, cf. S.El. 1134: rare in Prose, ἐδεξάμην ἃν.. φράσαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς.., ὅ... προῄδετε And.2.21
; τίς οὐκ ἂν.. ταῦτα ἐδήλωσεν, ὅ... ταῦτα ἠλέγχθη; D.36.20; οὐκοῦν ἐχρῆν σε Πηγάσου ζεῦξαι πτερόν, ὅ. ἐφαίνου τοῖς θεοῖς τραγικώτερος Ar. Pax 135
; τί.. οὐκ ἔρριψ' ἐμαυτὴν.. ὅ. ἀπηλλάγην; A.Pr. 749.

b of [tense] fut., θέλγει, ὅ. Ἰθάκης ἐπιλήσεται (= φραζομένη ὅπως ἐ.) Od.1.57, cf. Il.1.136 ; [χρὴ] ἀναβιβάζειν ἐπὶ τὸν τροχὸν τοὺς ἀπογραφέντας, ὅ. μὴ πρότερον νὺξ ἔσται And.1.43
; ἐμισθώσατο τοῦτον.., ὅ. συνερεῖ D.19.316
: sts. [tense] fut. ind. and [tense] aor. subj. are conjoined, σιγᾶθ', ὅ. μὴ πεύσεταί τις, ὦ τέκνα, γλώσσης χάριν δὲ πάντ' ἀπαγγείλῃ τάδε A. Ch. 265
.

II ὅπως c. subj. is sts. used after Verbs of will and endeavour, instead of the inf., λίσσεσθαι.. ὅ. νημερτέα εἴπῃ Od.3.19
; αἰτεῖσθαι ὅ. μὴ καταψηφίσησθε Antipho 1.12
; δεήσεται.., ὅ. δίκην μὴ δῷ ib.23 ; ὅ. μὴ ἀποθάνῃ ἠντεβόλει Lys.1.29
; παρακελεύεσθε ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς ὅ... ἐξίητε Lycurg.127
( ἔξιτε Rehdantz): with ἄν, δεῖταί μου σφόδρα ὅπως ἂν οἰκουρῇ Ar.Ach. 1060
, cf. Hdt.2.126, 3.44 ; διεκελεύετο ὅπως ἂν.. ἐγγράφωσί με Is.7.27
; so δεῖ σ' ὅ. δείξεις (for δεῖξαι), S.Aj. 556, may be expld. as ellipsis for δεῖ σ' ὁρᾶν (σκοπεῖν) ὅπως, cf. Id.Ph.55 ; δεῖ σ' ὅπως.. μηδὲν διοίσεις.. Cratin.108
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅπως
12 ὅς

ὅς [(A)], ἥ, ὅ, gen. οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc. ; dat. pl. οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, gen. ὅου (prob. replacing Οο) in the phrases

A ὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ' ὀλεῖται Il.2.325
, h.Ap. 156 ; ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον Od.1.70
(elsewh. οὗ Il. 7.325
, al., never οἷο); fem. ἕης Il.16.208
(perh. imitation of ὅου; elsewh. only ἧς 5.265
, al.); dat. pl. οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in Hom.):—Pron. used,

A as demonstr. by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Art. ὁ, ἡ, τό : in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases.

B as a Relat. by the side of the Art. ὅ, ἥ, τό (v. ὁ, ἡ, τό, c):—this demonstr. and Relat. Pron. must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Skt. Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lith. jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she, it).)

A DEMONSTR. PRON., = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that; also, he, she, it:

I Homeric usage: this form only occurs in the nom. masc. and neut. ὅς, ὅ, and perh. nom. fem. ἥ and nom. pl. οἵ, the other cases being supplied by ὁ, ἡ, τό ([etym.] ὅ, ἡ, τό); most codd. have ἥ in Il.17.551, Od. 24.255, al., and this (as also οἵ ) can be referred equally to either (on the accent v. ὁ, ἡ, τό): with γάρ or καί, ὃς γὰρ δεύτατος ἦλθεν 1.286
; ἀλλὰ καὶ ὃς δείδοικε Il.21.198
; ὃ γὰρ γέρας ἐστὶ θανόντων Od.24.190
, Il.23.9, cf. 12.344 : freq. used emphatically in apodosi, mostly with οὐδέ or μηδέ before it, μηδ' ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ' ὃς φύγοι Il.6.59
, cf. 7.160, Od.4.653 : after a part., εἰς ἕτερον γάρ τίς τε ἰδών.., ὃς σπεύδει (for ὅστις ἂν ἴδῃ, ὃς σπεύδει) Hes.Op.22.

II in later Gr. this usage remained in a few forms:

1 at the beginning of a clause, καὶ ὅς and he, Hdt.7.18, X.Smp.1.15, Pl. Phd. 118, Prt. 310d ; καὶ ἥ and she, καὶ οἵ and they, Hdt.8.56,87, Pl. Smp. 201e, X.An.7.6.4.

2 ὃς καὶ ὅς
such and such a person, Hdt.4.68
:—here also the Art. supplied the obl. cases.

3 ἦ δ' ὅς, ἦ δ' ἥ, said he, said she, v. ἠμί.

4 in oppositions, where it sts. answers to the Art., Λέριοι κακοί· οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ.. Phoc.1
; ὃς μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.. Mosch.3.76
; ὃ μὲν.., ὃς δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃς δὲ.. Bion 1.81
; so τῷ μὲν.., ᾧ δὲ.., ᾧ δὲ.. AP6.187
(Alph.); ὃ μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.. (neut.) Ev.Matt.13.8 ; ἂ μὲν.., ἃ δὲ.. Heraclit.102
, Archyt. ap. Stob.3.1.110 ; ὧν μὲν.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.99
; πόλεις ἃς μὲν.., ἃς δὲ.. D.18.71
(as v. l.): so in [dialect] Dor. dat. fem. as Adv., ᾇ μὲν.., ᾇ δὲ.. Tab.Heracl.1.81
; ἐφ' ὧν μὲν.., ἐφ' ὧν δὲ.. Arist.EN 1109a1
: very freq. in late Prose, Arr.Epict.3.25.1, etc.: also answering to other Prons., ἑτέρων.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.31.6
; ἐφ' ᾧ μὲν.., ἐπὶ θατέρῳ δὲ.. Arist. HA 564a21
, etc.

B RELAT. PRON., who, which.—By the side of the simple Relat., ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (in Hom. also ὁ, ἡ, τό), we find in common use the compd. forms ὅστε, ὅστις and ὅτις, ὅσπερ and ὅπερ, ὅς γε (q. v.).

0-0USAGE of the Relat. Pron. (the foll. remarks apply to ὅς γε, ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, as well as to ὅς, and to ὁ, ἡ, τό as relat.):

I in respect of CONCORD.—Prop. it agrees in gender and number with the Noun or Pron. in the antec. clause.—But this rule admits of many exceptions:

1 the Relat. mayagree with the gender implied, not expressed, in the antec., φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή Il.22.87
; τέκνων, οὓς ἤγαγε E.Supp.12
: so after collective Nouns, the Relat. is freq. put in pl. in the gender implied in the Noun, λαόν.., οὕς.. Il.16.369
; στρατιάν.. τοιαύτην.., οἵ τινες.., τὸ ναυτικόν, οἵ.., Th.6.91,3.4 ; πλήθει, οἵπερ.. Pl.Phdr. 260a
; esp. after the names of countries or cities, Τηλέπυλον Λαιστρυγονίην ἀφίκανεν, οἳ.. (i. e. to Telepylos of the Laestrygonians, who..) Od.23.319 ; τὰς Ἀθήνας, οἵ γε.. Hdt.7.8
.
β' ; Μέγαρα.., οὓς.. Th.6.94
: it also may agree with the Noun or Pron. implied in an Adj., Θηβαίας ἐπισκοποῦντ' ἀγυιάς, τάν.. the streets of Thebes, which.., S.Ant. 1137 (lyr.); τοὺς Ἡρακλείους παῖδας, ὃς.. the children of Heracles, who.., E.HF 157;
τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπεισόδου, ὅν..
of me whom.., S.OC 731
; τὸν ἥμισύν ἐστ' ἀτελὴς τοῦ χρόνου· εἶθ' ἧς πᾶσι μέτεστι.., where ἧς agrees with ἀτελείας implied in ἀτελής, D.20.8.

2 when the antec. Noun in sg. implies a class, the Relat. is sts. in pl., ἦ μάλα τις θεὸς ἔνδον, οἳ.. ἔχουσιν (for τις θεῶν, οἵ.. ) Od.19.40 ;
κῆτος, ἃ μυρία βόσκει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη
one of the thousands, which..,
12.97
;
αὐτουργός, οἵπερ..
one of those who.., E.Or. 920
: rare in Prose, ἀνὴρ καλός τε κἀγαθός, ἐν οἷς οὐδαμοῦ σὺ φανήσει γεγονώς D.18.310
, cf. Lys.1.32.

3 reversely, the sg. Relat. may follow a pl. antec., where the relat. clause refers to each individual ; but in this case ὅστις or ὃς ἄν is mostly used, ἀνθρώπους τίνυσθον, ὅ τις κ' ἐπίορκον ὀμόσσῃ, for ἀνθρώπων τινά, ὅς κε.., Il.3.279 ; πάντα.., ὅ τι νοοίης, i.e. anything which.., Ar.Nu. 1381 : rarely ὅς alone, τὰ λίνεα [ ὅπλα], τοῦ τάλαντον ὁ πῆχυς εἷλκε a cubit's length where of.., Hdt.7.36.

4 the Relat. is sts. in the neut., agreeing rather with the notion implied in the antec. than with the Noun itself, διὰ τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ὃ πᾶσα φύσις διώκειν πέφυκεν for profit's sake—a thing which.., Pl.R. 359c, cf. Lg. 849d;
τοὺς Φωκέας, ὃ σιωπᾶν εἰκὸς ἦν
a name which.., D.19.44
; γυναῖκας, ἐφ' ὅπερ.. women, for dealings with whom, E.Ba. 454.

5 with Verbs of naming, the Relat. freq. agrees with the name added as a predicate, rather than with the antec., ξίφος, τὸν ἀκινάκην καλέουσι Hdt.7.54
; τὴν ἄκρην, αἳ καλεῦνται Κληΐδες Id.5.108
, cf. 2.17, 124, etc.

II in respect of CONSTRUCTION.—Prop., the Relat. is governed by the Noun or Verb in its own clause.—But it is freq. thrown by attraction into the case of the antec. (prob. not in Hom., ἧς in Il.5.265, cf. 23.649, can be expld. otherwise), ἀπὸ παιδεύσιος, τῆς ἐπεπαίδευτο (for τῇ or τήν) Hdt.4.78; freq. in [dialect] Att., Th.7.21, etc.: esp. where a Demonstr. Pron. is unexpressed, while the Relat. takes its case, οὐδὲν ὧν λέγω (for οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ λ.) S.El. 1048, 1220, etc.; ξὺν ᾧπερ εἶχον οἰκετῶν (for ξὺν τούτῳ ὅνπερ) Id.OC 334 ; ἀνθ' ὧν ἂν ἐμοὶ δανείσῃς (for ἀντὶ τούτων ἅ.. ) X.Cyr.3.1.34 ; πρὸς οἷς ἐκτήσαντο (for πρὸς τούτοις ἅ.. ) Pl.Grg. 519a, etc.: the Demonstr. Pron. sts follows, ἀφ' ὧν ἐγένεσθε ἀγαθοί, ἀπὸ τούτων ὠφελεῖσθαι Th.3.64
, cf. D.8.23,26.—This attraction is rare, exc. when the acc. passes into the gen. or dat. (v. supr.): sts. nom. is so attracted, οὐδὲν εἰδότες τῶν ἦν (for τούτων ἃ ἦν) Hdt.1.78; ἀφ' ὧν παρεσκεύασται (for ἀπὸ τούτων ἃ π.) Th.7.67: also dat., ὧν ἐγὼ ἐντετύχηκα οὐδείς (for τούτων οἷς.. ) Pl.Grg. 509a.

b reversely the antec. passes into the case of the Relat., φυλακὰς δ' ἃς εἴρεαι.., οὔτις (for φυλακῶν.. οὔτις) Il.10.416; τὰς στήλας, τὰς ἵστα, αἱ πλεῦνες.. (for τῶν στηλῶν.. αἱ πλεῦνες) Hdt.2.106: so also when the Noun follows the Relat. clause, it may be put in apposition with the Relat., Κύκλωπος κεχόλωται, ὃν ὀφθαλμοῦ ἀλάωσεν, ἀντίθεον Πολύφημον Od.1.69
, cf. 4.11, Il.3.123, A.Th. 553, E.Hec. 771, 986, Hipp. 101, etc.

2 the Demonstr. Pron. or the Noun with an Art. is sts. transferred to the Relat. clause, Ἰνδὸν ποταμόν, ὃς κροκοδείλους δεύτερος οὗτος.. παρέχεται the river Indus, being the second river which.., Hdt.4.44; σφραγῖδα.., ἣν ἐπὶ δέλτῳ τήνδε κομίζεις E.IA 156
(anap.); φοβούμεθα δέ γε.. δόξαν.., ὃν δὴ καὶ καλοῦμεν τὸν φόβον ἡμεῖς γε αἰσχύνην Pl.Lg. 647a
.

3 the Relat. in all cases may govern a partit. gen., ἀθανάτων ὅς τίς σε.. any one of the immortals who.., Od.15.35, cf. 25,5.448, etc.; οἳ.. τῶν ἀστῶν Hdt.7.170
; οὓς.. βαρβάρων A.Pers. 475
; ᾧ.. τῶν ἡνιόχων Pl. Phdr. 247b
: freq. in neut., ἐς ὃ δυνάμιος to what a height of power, Hdt.7.50 ; οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ κάμνει τοῦ λόγου; what part of thy speech, E. Ion 363; ᾧπερ τῆς τέχνης ἐπίστευον in which particular of their art.., Th. 7.36 ; τὰ μακρὰ τείχη, ἃ σφῶν.. εἶχον which portion of their territory, Id.4.109, etc.: rarely in such forms as ἕξουσι δ' ἣν λάβωσιν ἐν ταφῇ χθονός (for ὃ χθονός) A.Th. 819 ( χθόνα cj. Brunck).

III in respect of the Moods which follow the Relat.:

1 when the Relat. is equivalent to καί + demonstr. (ὅς = and he..) any mood may follow which may be found in independent clauses: ἦλθε τὸ ναυτικὸν τὸ τῶν βαρβάρων, ὃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἰδὼν ἐφοβήθη; Lys.2.34 ; ὁ δ' εἰς τὸ σῶφρον ἐπ' ἀρετήν τ' ἄγων ἔρως ζηλωτὸς ἀνθρώποισιν· ὧν εἴην ἐγώ E.Fr. 672
; ἐλπίς, ᾗ μόνῃ σωθεῖμεν ἄν Id.Hel. 815
; εἰς καλὸν ἡμῖν Ἄνυτος ὅδε παρεκαθέζετο, ᾧ μεταδῶμεν τῆς σκέψεως to whom let us.., Pl.Men. 89e ; ὃν ὑμεῖς.. νομίσατε which I would have you think.., Lys.19.61: so the inf. in orat. obliq., ἔτι δὲ.. προσετίθει χρήματα οὐκ ὀλίγα, οἷς χρήσεσθαι αὐτούς (sc. ἔφη) Th.2.13: for the inf. after ἐφ' ᾧ τε, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.

2 after ὅς, ὅστις, = whoever, in collective hypothetical sense (= if A + if B + if C..), the same moods are used as after εἰ:

a [tense] pres. ind., τῷδ' ἔφες ἀνδρὶ βέλος.. ὅς τις ὅδε κρατέει Il.5.175
; κλῦθι, ἄναξ, ὅτις ἐσσί Od.5.445
; δουληΐην.., ἥτις ἐστί (as we say) whatever it is, Hdt.6.12 ; ὅ τι ἀνὴρ καὶ γυνή ἐστι πλὴν παιδίων all that are man and woman, Id.2.60 ; Ζεύς, ὅστις ποτ' ἐστίν A.Ag. 160
(lyr.): also after ὅς, ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὃς πενίῃ εἴκων ἀπατήλια βάζει Od.14.157
, etc.

b subj. with ἄν ([etym.] κεν) or, in poetry, without ἄν: ξυνίει ἔπος ὅττι κεν εἴπω 19.378
; οὐ δηναιὸς ὃς ἀθανάτοισι μάχηται Il.5.407
:—in such cases the opt. is used after secondary tenses, Τρῶας ἄμυνε νεῶν, ὅς τις φέροι ἀκάματον πῦρ 15.731
, cf. Hes.Sc. 480 ; πάντας ἑξῆς, ὅτῳ ἐντύχοιεν,.. κτείνοντες Th.7.29
, cf. Pl.Ap. 21a, etc.

c sts. opt. without ἄν after a primary tense, ὃν πόλις στήσειε, τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν S.Ant. 666
; after an opt., ἔρδοι τις ἣν ἕκαστος εἰδείη τέχνην Ar.V. 1431
.

IV peculiar Idioms:

1 in Homer and correct writers, when two coordinate Relat. clauses were joined by καί or δέ, the Relat. Pron. was freq. replaced in the second clause by the demonstr. even though the case was changed, ἄνδρα.., ὃς μέγα πάντων Ἀργείων κρατέει καί οἱ πείθονται Ἀχαιοί (for καὶ ᾧ) Il.1.78 ; ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον.. · Θόωσα δέ μιν τέκε νύμφη (for ὃν τέκε) Od.1.70, cf. 14.85, etc. ; and this sts. even without the demonstr. being expressed, δοίη δ' ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι καί οἱ κεχαρισμένος ἔλθοι (for καὶ ὅς οἱ) 2.54, cf. 114 ; οὕς κεν ἐΰ γνοίην καί τ' οὔνομα μυθησαίμην (for καὶ ὧν) Il.3.235 ; ᾗ χαλκὸς μὲν ὑπέστρωται, χαλκὸν δ' ἐπίεσται (nom. supplied) Orac. ap. Hdt.1.47 ; ἃς ἐπιστήμας μὲν προσείπομεν.., δέονται δὲ ὀνόματος ἄλλου Pl.R. 533d
.

2 the neut. of the Relat. is used in [dialect] Att. to introduce a clause qualifying the whole of the principal clause which follows: the latter clause is commonly introduced by γάρ, ὅτι, εἰ, ἐπειδή, etc., ὃ δὲ δεινότατόν γ' ἐστὶν ἁπάντων, ὁ Ζεὺς γὰρ.. ἕστηκεν κτλ. Ar.Av. 514
, cf. D.19.211, etc.; ὃ δὲ πάντων σχετλιώτατον, εἰ.. βουλευσόμεθα Isoc.6.56
; ὃ μὲν πάντων θαυμαστότατον ἀκοῦσαι, ὅτι.. Pl. R. 491b
, cf.Ap. 18c: also without any Conj., ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατόν ἐστι, τοιοῦτος ὢν κτλ. And.4.16
; ὃ δ' ἠπάτα σε πλεῖστον.., ηὔχεις κτλ. E.El. 938
: c. inf., ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, τὴν ἀδελφὴν ὑποδέξασθαι Lys.19.33
(but ὑποδέξασθαι < δεῖ> is prob. cj.), etc.:—so also the neut. pl. ἅ may mean with reference to that which, ἃ δ'.. ἐστί σοι λελεγμένα, πᾶν κέρδος ἡγοῦ.. as to what has been said.., E.Med. 453, cf. Hdt.3.81, S.OT 216, Ar.Eq. 512, etc.

3 in many instances the Gr. Relat. must be resolved into a Conj. and Pron., θαυμαστὸν ποιεῖς, ὃς ἡμῖν οὐδὲν δίδως (= ὅτι σὺ) X.Mem.2.7.13, cf. Lys.7.23 codd., Pl.Smp. 204b, etc.: very freq. in conditional clauses, for εἴ or ἐάν τις, βέλτερον ὃς... προφύγῃ κακόν, ἠὲ ἁλώῃ Il.14.81
, cf. Hes.Op. 327 ; συμφορὰ δ', ὃς ἂν τύχῃ κακῆς γυναικός E.Fr. 1056
; τὸ δ' εὐτυχές, οἳ ἂν.. λάχωσι κτλ. Th.2.44
; τὸ καλῶς ἄρξαι τοῦτ' εἶναι, ὃς ἂν τὴν πατρίδα ὠφελήσῃ Id.6.14
.

4 the Relat. freq. stands where we should use a final Conj. or the inf., ἄγγελον ἧκαν, ὃς ἀγγείλειε sent a messenger to tell.., Od. 15.458 ;
κλητοὺς ὀτρύνομεν, οἵ κε τάχιστα ἔλθωσ'
that they may.., Il. 9.165
: and freq. with [tense] fut. ind., πρέσβεις ἄγουσα, οἵπερ φράσουσι (v.l. φράσωσι) to tell.., Th.7.25 ; πέμψον τιν', ὅστις σημανεῖ E.IT 1209
(troch.), cf. X.HG2.3.2, Mem.2.1.14: so with [tense] fut. opt., ὀργάνου, ᾧ τὴν τροφὴν δέξοιτο Pl.Ti. 33c
: also for ὥστε, after οὕτω, ὧδε, etc., οὐκ ἔστιν οὕτω μῶρος, ὃς θανεῖν ἐρᾷ (for ὥστε ἐρᾶν) S.Ant. 220, cf. Hdt.4.52, E.Alc. 198, Ar.Ach. 737, etc.

5 ὅς is freq. used where we should expect οἷος, as μαθὼν ὃς εἶ φύσιν what thou art, S.Aj. 1259, cf. E.Alc. 640, Pl. Euthd. 283d, etc.

6 ὅς is sts. = ὅστις or τις in indirect clauses, γνώσῃ.. ὅς.. ἡγεμόνων κακὸς ἠδ' ὅς κ' ἐσθλὸς ἔῃσι Il.2.365
(perh. felt as Relat.); ὃς ἦν ὁ ἀναδέξας, οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν I cannot tell who it was that.., Hdt.6.124 ; γενομένης λέσχης ὃς γένοιτο.. ἄριστος Id.9.71
(in 4.131,6.37,7.37, τί θέλει ([etym.] θέλοι ) has been conjectured for τὸ of the Mss.); so in [dialect] Att., ἐγῷδ' ὅς ἐστι, Κλεισθένης ὁ Σιβυρτίου Ar.Ach. 118
, cf. 442, Av. 804, Pl.59, 369, S.OT 1068, OC 1171 ; πέμπει πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον, εἰπὼν ὃς ἦν X.Cyr.6.1.46
, cf. D.52.7; δηλώσας ὃς ἦν Arist.Po. 1452a26
; γράψας παρ' οὗ κομιούμεθα PCair.Zen.150.11
(iii B. C.).

b later ὅς = τίς even in direct questions, ἐφ' ὃ πάρει ; Ev.Matt.26.50 ; ἣν δοκεῖς; Arr.Epict.4.1.120 (both dub.).

7 in exclamations, ὦ Ἡράκλεις, ἃ πέπονθα Men.Epit. 146
. 0-1A a. the Relat. Pron. joined with Particles or Conjs.:

I ὅς γε, v. ὅσγε.

II ὃς δή, v. δή 11.2 ; ὃν δήποτε τρόπον in some way or other, Arist.Metaph. 1090a6 ; ὁδήποτε, ἁδήποτε, anything or things whatever, Id.EN 1167a35, 1164a25 ; [full] ὁσδηποτοῦν, Euc.Phaen.p.10 M., Dsc.5.10, Jul.Or.1.18c, IG22.1121.30 (iv A. D.); [full] ὁσδηποτεοῦν, IGRom. 4.915 (Cibyra, i A. D.), IG22.1368.133 (ii A. D.); [full] ὁσδητισοῦν (in [dialect] Boeot. form ὁσδειτισῶν), ib.7.3081.5 (Lebad.) ; [full] ὁσποτοῦν, Dicaearch.2.4.

III ὃς καί, v. καί B. 6; but καὶ ὅς and who (which), D.23.68.

2 Ἀπολλώνιον ὃν καὶ Φᾶβι A.
, called also Ph., Wilcken Chr.11 A52 (ii B. C.), etc.: for nom. sg. masc. v. καί B. 2.

IV ὅς κε or κεν, [dialect] Att. ὃς ἄν, whosoever, who if any.., v. ἄν B. 1.2.

2 ὅς κε is also used so as to contain the antec. in itself, much like εἴ τις as νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδὲν κλαίειν, ὅς κε θάνῃσι I am not wroth that men should weep for whoever be dead, Od.4.196: ὅστις is also used in this way, cf. ὅστις 1
.

V ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, v. sub vocc. 0-2A b. abs. usages of certain Cases of the Relat. Pron.:

I gen. sg. οὗ, of Place,

1 like ὅπου, where, A.Pers. 486, S.OC 158 (lyr.), etc.; οὗ δή A.Pr. 814
, v.l. in Pl.Phdr. 248b, etc.; οὗπερ A.Th. 1016
, S. Aj. 1237, OC77, etc.; also of circumstances, οὗ γὰρ τοιούτων δεῖ, τοιοῦτός εἰμ' ἐγώ Id.Ph. 1049
; εἰ γένοιο οὗ νῦν εἰμί Pl.Smp. 194a
, etc.;
ἔστιν οὗ
in some places, E.Or. 638
;
οὗ μέν.., οὗ δέ..
in some places.., in others.., Arist.Oec. 1345b34
: c. gen., οὐκ εἶδεν οὗ γῆς εἰσέδυ in what part of the earth, E.IA[ 1583]; ἐννοεῖς οὗ ἐστὶ.. τοῦ ἀναμιμνήσκεσθαι Pl.Men. 84a
; συνιδὼν οὗ κακῶν ἦν Luc.Tox.17
.

2 in pregnant phrases, μικρὸν προϊόντες..,οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο (for ἐκεῖσε οὗ) X.An.2.1.6 ; so οὗπερ προσβεβοηθήκει Th.2.86
, cf. 1.134 ; ἀπιὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οὗ κατέφυγε (for οἷ κατέφυγε καὶ οὗ ἦν) X.Cyr.5.4.14 (dub. l.); ἐπειδὰν ἱζήσωμεν οὗ ἄγεις Philostr.Her.Prooem.13
: in later Gr. οὗ was used simply for οἷ, οὗπερ ἂν ἔλθῃ Tim069, cf. Ev.Luc.10.1, etc.: but in early writers this is f. l., as in D.21.74, etc.

II dat. fem. ᾗ, [dialect] Dor. ᾇ, of Place, where, or Manner, as, v. ᾗ.

III old loc. οἷ, as Adv., v. οἷ.

2 old abl. (?) ὧ, in [dialect] Dor. (cf. ϝοίκω), τηνῶθε καθεῖλον, ὧ ( whence) μ' ἐκέλευ καθελεῖν τυ Theoc.3.11
; ἐν τᾷ πόλι, ὧ κ' ᾖ, καρῡξαι ἐν τἀγορᾷ IG9(1).334.21
([dialect] Locr., v B. C.).

IV acc. sg. neut. ὅ, very freq. = ὅτι, that, how that, λεύσσετε γὰρ τό γε πάντες ὅ μοι γέρας ἔρχεται ἄλλῃ Il.1.120
, al.; and so also, because, ταρβήσας ὅ οἱ ἄγχι πάγη βέλος 20.283
,al.

2 in [dialect] Att. ὅ, for which reason, E.Hec.13, Ph. 155, 263, Ar.Ec. 338: also acc. neut. pl. ἅ in this sense, S.Tr. 137 (lyr.), Isoc.8.122.

3 whereas, Th.2.40,3.12, Ep.Rom.6.10, Ep.Gal.2.20.

V ἀφ' οὗπερ
from the time that.., A.Pers. 177
.

VI ἐφ' ᾧ, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.

------------------------------------

ὅς [(B)], ἥ, ὅν (not ὅ, v. Il.1.609,21.305, Od.11.515), gen.

A οἷο Il.3.333
, Od.1.330, al., οὗ 23.150
, al. ; Cret. [full] ϝός Leg.Gort.1.18,al., SIG 1183 ; so in [dialect] Aeol., Sapph.Supp.1.6, Lyr.Adesp.32, cf. A.D.Pron. 107.11 :—POSSESS. PRON.:

I of the 3 pers., his, her, put either before or after its Noun, ᾧ πενθερῷ, ὃν θυμόν, etc., Il.6.170, 202, etc. ; ἧς ἀρχῆς IG12.761
; πόσιος οὗ, πατέρι ᾧ, Od.23.150,3.39, etc.: sts. also with Art., τὰ ἃ κῆλα Il.12.280
; τὰ ἃ δώματα Od.14.153
, etc.; also in Lyr., Pi.O.5.8, P.6.36 (elsewh. Pi. prefers ἑός), B.5.47: sts. in Trag., λέσχας ἇς A.Eu. 367
(lyr.); ὧν παίδων S.OC 1639
(iamb.); ἐκγόνοισιν οἷς E.Med. 955
(iamb.): with Art., λιτῶν τῶν ὧν A.Th. 641
; ὅπλων τῶν ὧν S.Aj. 442
; τῶν ὧν τέκνων Id.Tr. 266
, cf. 525 (lyr.); τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ Id.OT 1248
: so in Cret. Prose, τὰ ϝὰ αὐτᾶς Leg.Gort. 2.46
; in Thgn.1009, ὧν αὐτοῦ κτεάνων is to be restd. for τῶν.. from IG12.499 ; once in Hdt., γυναῖκα ἥν 1.205
; never in [dialect] Att. Prose.

II of the 2 pers., for σός, thy, thine, Hes.Op. 381, AP7.539 (Pers.), Mosch.4.77(dub. in Hom., v. infr.); and

III of the I pers., for ἐμός, my, mine, Od.9.28,13.320, A.R.4.1015, 1036.—Signfs. II and III were denied for Homer by Aristarch., see esp. A.D.Pron.109.20 ; in Od.9.28 and 34 he (or at least A. D. l.c.) rendered ἧς γαίης and πατρίδος 'a man's own fatherland', and athetized Od.13.320: in Il.14.221, 264,16.36,19.174, al., φρεσὶ σῇσιν has better Ms. authority than φρεσὶν ᾗσιν; and in Od.15.542, cf. 1.402, δώμασι σοῖσιν than δώμασιν οἷσιν; v. ἑός. (Cogn. with Skt. σϝάς 'his (my, thy) own', Slav. stem. svo- (used of all 3 persons, as in Skt.): I.-E. swo- was related to I.-E. sewo-, v. ἑός.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅς
13 ἄν

ἄν (A), [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep., Lyr., [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Att.; also κεν) [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., Thess., κᾱ [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., El.; the two combined in [dialect] Ep. (infr. D. 11.2) and Arc.,

A εἰκ ἄν IG5(2).6.2
, 15 (iv B. C.):—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Hom. κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyr. about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Hom. in negative clauses, κε ([etym.] ν) with the relative.

A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come.

I WITH INDICATIVE:

1 with historical tenses, generally [tense] impf. and [tense] aor., less freq. [tense] plpf., never [tense] pf., v. infr.,

a most freq. in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apod. expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The [tense] impf. with ἄν refers to continued action, in Hom. always in past time, exc. perh. καί κε θάμ' ἐνθάδ' ἐόντες ἐμισγόμεθ' Od.4
. 178; later also in [tense] pres. time, first in Thgn.905; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Pl.R. 489a; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Th.1.9. The [tense] aor. strictly refers only to past time, Pi.N.11.24, etc.; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, D.4.5, al., but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said, εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ', εἶπον ἄν σ' οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν S.Ant. 755
, cf. Pl.Smp. 199d, Euthphr. 12d, etc.: the [tense] plpf. refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt.., ib. 14c; εἰ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανεν, δικαίως ἂν ἐτεθνήκει Antipho 4.2.3
.

b the protasis is freq. understood: ὑπό κεν ταλασίφρονά περ δέος εἷλεν fear would have seized even the stout-hearted (had he heard the sound), Il.4.421; τὸ γὰρ ἔρυμα τῷ στρατοπέδῳ οὐκ ἂν ἐτειχίσαντο they would not have built the wall (if they had not won a battle), Th.1.11; πολλοῦ γὰρ ἂν ἦν ἄξια for (if that were so) they would be worth much, Pl.R. 374d; οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὅ τι ἂν ἐποιεῖτε for there was nothing which you could have done, i. e. would have done (if you had tried), D.18.43.

c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Od.4.546; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Ar. Ra. 1022; esp. with τάχα, q. v., ἀλλ' ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ' ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, S.OT 523; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (sc. διέβησαν ) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Th.6.2, cf. Pl.Phdr. 265b.

d ἄν is freq. omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sts. for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, E.Hec. 1113. This use becomes more common in later Gk.

2 with [tense] fut. ind.:

a frequently in [dialect] Ep., usu. with κεν, rarely ἄν, Il.9.167, 22.66, indicating a limitation or condition, ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται ὅν κεν ἵκωμαι and he will likely be angry to whom- soever I shall come, ib.1.139; καί κέ τις ὧδ' ἐρέει and in that case men will say, 4.176; ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι καταλέξω Od.3.80
; so in Lyr., μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ Pi.N.7.68
, cf. I.6(5).59.

b rarely in codd. of [dialect] Att. Prose writers, σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε Th.1.140
; οὐχ ἥκει, οὐδ' ἂν ἥξει δεῦρο Pl.R. 615d
, cf. Ap. 29c, X.An.2.5.13; dub. in Hp.Mul.2.174: in later Prose, Philostr. V A2.21, S E.M.9.225: also in Poetry, E.El. 484, Ar.Av. 1313; οὐκ ἂν προδώσω Herod.6.36
(corr. - δοίην):— for ἄν with [tense] fut. inf. and part. v. infr.

II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in [dialect] Ep., the meaning being the same as with the [tense] fut. ind. (1.2a), freq. with [ per.] 1st pers., as εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι in that case I will take her myself, Il.1.324; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, 14.235 (the subj. is always introduced by δέ in this usage); also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future, οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίσμῃ κίθαρις 3.54
, al.

III WITH OPTATIVE (never [tense] fut., rarely [tense] pf. πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; X.Smp.3.6):

a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in opt. with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a [tense] fut. condition: ἀλλ' εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
; οὐ πολλὴ ἂν ἀλογία εἴη, εἰ φοβοῖτο τὸν θάνατον; Pl.Phd. 68b
:—in Hom. [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. opt. with κε or ἄν are sts. used like [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. ind. with ἄν in Attic, with either regular ind. or another opt. in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ' ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Il.5.311, cf. 5.388, 17.70; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., ib.23.274: so rarely in Trag., οὐδ' ἂν σὺ φαίης, εἴ σε μὴ κνίζοι λέχος (for εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568.

b with protasis in [tense] pres. or [tense] fut., the opt. with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ' εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Th.1.142, cf. 2.60, Pl.Ap. 25b, R. 333e; ἢν οὖν μάθῃς.. οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοίην Ar.Nu. 116
, cf. D.1.26, al.

c with protasis understood: φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ Od.10.269
; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, X. Cyr.8.2.21; τὸν δ' οὔ κε δύ' ἀνέρε.. ἀπ' οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Il.12.447; οὐδ' ἂν δικαίως ἐς κακὸν πέσοιμί τι S.Ant. 240
, cf. D.2.8: in Hom. sts. with ref. to past time, Τυδεΐδην οὐκ ἂν γνοίης ποτέροισι μετείη Il.5.85
.

d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ' ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, D.20.129; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like , Lat. velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ' ἄν; which way then can we turn? Pl.Euthd. 290a; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Ar.Ra. 830; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Th.1.9; εἴησαν δ' ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Hdt.1.2: used in order to soften assertions by giving them a less positive form, as οὐκ ἂν οὖν πάνυ γέ τι σπουδαῖον εἴη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Pl.R. 333e.

e in questions, expressing a wish: τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοίη; S.OC 1100
, cf.A.Ag. 1448; πῶς ἂν θάνοιμι; S.Aj. 389
: hence (with no question) as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty, τλαίης κεν Μενελάῳ ἐπιπροέμεν ταχὺν ἰόν Il.4.94
; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), S.Ant. 444; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, El. 1491; κλύοις ἂν ἤδη, Φοῖβε hear me now, Phoebus, ib. 637; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 23c, 48b.

f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Id.Prt. 329b; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ' ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), D.4.18, cf. X.Mem.1.5.3, Plot.6.4.16.

g rarely omitted with opt. in apodosis: ῥεῖα θεός γ' ἐθέλων καὶ τηλόθεν ἄνδρα σαώσαι Od.3.231
, cf. 14.123, Il.5.303; also in Trag., θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις E.Hipp. 1186
; τεὰν δύνασιν τίς.. κατάσχοι; S.Ant. 605
.

h ἄν c. [tense] fut. opt. is prob. always corrupt (cf. 1.2b), as τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσοι ( ἐπαινέσαι Bekk.) Pl.Lg. 719e; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν' ἂν καταλήψοιτο ( οὐδένα Bekk.) Lys.1.22.

IV WITH INF. and PART. (sts. ADJ. equivalent to part., τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι Pl.R. 577b
) representing ind. or opt.:

1 [tense] pres. inf. or part.:

a representing [tense] impf. ind., οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττειν; do you think he would not have kept them safe? ([etym.] οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), D.49.35; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Th.1.73, cf. 4.40.

b representing [tense] pres. opt., πόλλ' ἂν ἔχων (representing ἔχοιμ' ἄν) ἕτερ' εἰπεῖν παραλείπω D. 18.258
, cf. X.An.2.3.18: with Art., τὸ ἐθέλειν ἂν ἰέναι ἄκλητος ἐπὶ δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174b
.

2 [tense] aor. inf. or part.:

a representing [tense] aor. ind., οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ' αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖν; do you not think he would even have run thither? ([etym.] καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), D.27.56; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Th.1.76, cf. 3.89; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, X.Mem.4.4.4.

b representing [tense] aor. opt., οὐδ' ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land ([etym.] οὐδ' ἂν κρατήσειαν), Th.6.37, cf. 2.20; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν ([etym.] ληφθείη ἄν) Id.7.42; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen ([etym.] ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Id.6.38.

3 [tense] pf. inf. or part. representing:

a [tense] plpf. ind., πάντα ταῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι ([etym.] φήσειεν ἄν ) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians ([etym.] ἑαλώκη ἄν), D.19.312.

b [tense] pf. opt., οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered ([etym.] δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Lys.27.9.

4 [tense] fut. inf.or part., never in [dialect] Ep., and prob. always corrupt in [dialect] Att., νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (leg. - ῆσαι) Th.5.82, cf. 6.66, 8.25,71; part. is still more exceptional, ὡς ἐμοῦ οὐκ ἂν ποιήσοντος ἄλλα Pl.Ap. 30c
(codd.), cf. D.19.342 (v. l.); both are found in later Gk., νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα Plb.8.30.8
, cf. Plu.Marc.15, Arr.An.2.2.3; with part., Epicur. Nat.14.1, Luc.Asin.26, Lib.Or.62.21, dub. l. in Arr.An.6.6.5.

B IN DEPENDENT CLAUSES.

I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν ([etym.] ᾱ) (q. v.): Hom. has generally εἴ κε (or αἴ κε), sts. ἤν, once εἰ δ' ἄν Il.3.288
, twice εἴπερ ἄν 5.224
, 232. The protasis expresses either future condition (with apod. of [tense] fut. time) or general condition (with apod. of repeated action): εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἔρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' ὅς .. if thus thou shalt do.., ib.2.364; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., E.Alc. 671.

2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, cf. ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν ([dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν) , ἐπειδάν: Hom. has ὅτε κε (sts. ὅτ' ἄν) , ὁππότε κε (sts. ὁπότ' ἄν or ὁππότ' ἄν) , ἐπεί κε ( ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412
), ἐπήν, εὖτ' ἄν; v. also εἰσόκε ([etym.] εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ' ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ' ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Il.9.397; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., S.Ant.91; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ' ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ who ever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Il.9.312, cf. D.4.6, Th.1.21. —Hom. uses subj. in both the above constructions (1 and 2 ) without ἄν; also Trag. and Com., S.Aj. 496, Ar.Eq. 805; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subj. without ἄν in prose, e.g. Th.1.137,4.16 ([etym.] μέχρι οὗ), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.3.60.

3 in final clauses introduced by relative Advbs., as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), freq. in [dialect] Ep., σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι Il.1.32
; ὄφρα κεν εὕδῃ Od.3.359
; ὅπως ἂν εἰδῇ.. φράσω A.Pr. 824
; ὅπως ἂν φαίνηται κάλλιστος Pl.Smp. 198e
; μηχανητέον ὅπως ἂν διαφύγῃ Grg. 481a
(where ὅπως with [tense] fut. ind. is the regular constr.); also after ὡς in Hdt., Trag., X.An.2.5.16, al., once in Th.6.91 (but [tense] fut. ind. is regular in [dialect] Att.); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε exc. ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμεν Od.12.156
( ἵνα = where in S.OC 405). μή, = lest, takes ἄν only with opt. in apodosis, as S.Tr. 631, Th.2.93.

II in [dialect] Ep. sts. with OPTATIVE as with subj. (always κε ([etym.] ν), exc. εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν Il.2.597
), εἴ κεν Ἄρης οἴχοιτο Od.8.353
; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please, ib.2.54: so in Hdt. in final clauses, 1.75,99:—in Od.23.135 ὥς κέν τις φαίη, κέν belongs to Verb in apod., as in ὡς δ' ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο X.Cyr.7.5.81
.

2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relat. or temp. word retains an ἄν which it would have with subj. in direct form, S.Tr. 687, X.Mem.1.2.6, Isoc.17.15; ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθείην D.30.6
:—similarly after a preceding opt., οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d
.

III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in [dialect] Ep.:

1 with [tense] fut. ind. as with subj.: αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται Il.15.213
:—so with relat., οἵ κέ με τιμήσουσι 1.175
.

2 with εἰ and a past tense of ind., once in Hom., εἰ δέ κ' ἔτι προτέρω γένετο δρόμος Il.23.526
; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ' ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ' ἐβούλετο Orac. ap. Hdt.1.174, cf. Ar.Lys. 1099 (cod. R), A.R.1.197.

IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, as ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Ev.Marc.6.56
; ὅσ' ἂν πάσχετε PFay. 136
(iv A. D.); ἔνθ' ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι Phlp. in Ph.436.19
; cf. ἐάν, ὅταν.

C with [tense] impf. and more rarely [tense] aor. ind. in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; freq. in Hdt. (not in Pi. or A.), κλαίεσκε ἂν καὶ ὀδυρέσκετο she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119; εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν S.Ph. 295
; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Th.7.71; διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν Pl.Ap. 22b
: inf. representing [tense] impf. of this constr., ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire ([etym.] ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), D.9.48.

D GENERAL REMARKS:

I POSITION OF ἄν.

1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relat. word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, ga/r, kai/, νυ, περ, etc.; as εἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κε Il.3.281
-4; rarely by τις, as ὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ D.2.14
:—in Hom. and Hes. two such Particles may precede κε, as εἴ περ γάρ κεν Od.8.355
, cf. Il.2.123; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Hes.Op. 280, 357; rarely in Prose, ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν D.4.45
; ὁπότερος οὖν ἄν Ar.Ra. 1420
: also ὁπόσῳ πλέον ἄν Pl.Lg. 647e
, cf. 850a; ὅπου τὸ πάλαι λεγόμενον ἂν γίγνηται 739c
.

2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, esp. an interrog., a negative (e. g. οὐδ' ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? ([etym.] εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), D.6.20.

3 ἄν is freq. separated from its inf. by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει .. ; freq. in Pl., Grg. 486d, al.; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, X.Cyr.8.7.25; οὕτω γὰρ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ ἥ τε πόλις ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι Aeschin.3.2
; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ' ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) D. 18.225:—in the phrase οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ, or οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ, ἄν belongs not to οἶδα, but to the Verb which follows, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι, for οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πείσαιμι ἄν, E.Med. 941, cf. Alc.48; οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ δυναίμην Pl. Ti. 26b
; οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ ἐκτησάμην X.Cyr.5.4.12
.

4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause, ἀλλ', ὦ μέλ', ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει Ar. Pax
<*>37.

II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words, ὥστ' ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ' ἄν S.El. 333
, cf. Ant.69, A.Ag. 340, Th.1.76 (fin.), 2.41, Pl.Ap. 31a, Lys.20.15; ἀφανεῖς ἂν ὄντες οὐκ ἂν ὑμνήθημεν ἄν E.Tr. 1244
, cf. S.Fr. 739; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ' ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ' ἴσθ' ἄν, εἰ .. Id.OT 1438.

2 ἄν is coupled with κε ([etym.] ν ) a few times in Hom., as Il.11.187, 202, Od.5.361, al.; cf. ἤν περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλωσιν v.l. ib.18.318.

III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sts. the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Hom. only εἰμί, as τάτ' ἔλδεται ὅς κ' ἐπιδευής (sc. ᾖ) Il.5.481; ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (sc. ἔρρεγκον) Ar.Nu.5; τί δ' ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (sc. πρᾶξαι) , εἰ τάδ' ἤνυσεν; A.Ag. 935
:—so in phrases like πῶς γὰρ ἄν; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (sc. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Pl.Grg. 479a; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (sc. ἐφρόνησαν) εἰ.. Isoc.10.48
:—so also when κἂν εἰ ( = καὶ ἂν εἰ) has either no Verb in the apod. or one to which ἄν cannot belong, Pl.R. 477a, Men. 72c; cf. κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) D.2.14; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (sc. ἴητε) X.An.1.3.6.

IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others: πείθοι' ἂν εἰ πείθοι'· ἀπειθοίης δ' ἴσως A.Ag. 1049
: even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Pl.R. 352e, cf. 439b codd.: but ἄν is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis, ib. 398a, cf. D.19.156 (where an opt. is implied with the third ὡς): rarely expressed with the second of two co-ordinate Verbs and understood with the first, τοῦτον ἂν.. θαρσοίην ἐγὼ καλῶς μὲν ἄρχειν, εὖ δ' ἂν ἄρχεσθαι θέλειν (i. e. καλῶς μὲν ἂν ἄρχοι, εὖ δ' ἂν θέλοι ἄρχεσθαι) S.Ant. 669.

------------------------------------

ἄν (B), [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att.,

A = ἐάν, ἤν, Th.4.46 codd., al.; freq. in Pl., ἂν σωφρονῇ Phd. 61b
; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ ib. 80d, cf. D.4.50; ἄν τ'.. ἄν τε Arist. Ath.48.4
: not common in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG1.2a5, 2.179b49, al.: but freq. later, SIG1044.27 (iv/iii B. C.), PPetr.2p.47 (iii B. C.), PPar.32.19 (ii B. C.), PTeb.110.8 (i B. C.), Ev.Jo.20.23, etc.

------------------------------------

ἄν (C) or [full] ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, q. v.

------------------------------------

ἄν (D), shortened from ἄνα, v. sub ἀνά G.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἄν
14 λόγος

λόγος, ὁ, verbal noun of λέγω (B), with senses corresponding to λέγω (B) II and III (on the various senses of the word v. Theo Sm.pp.72,73 H., An.Ox.4.327): common in all periods in Prose and Verse, exc. Epic, in which it is found in signf. derived from λέγω (B) 111, cf.infr. VI. 1 a:

I computation, reckoning (cf. λέγω (B) II).

1 account of money handled, σανίδες εἰς ἃς τὸν λ. ἀναγράφομεν IG12.374.191
; ἐδίδοσαν τὸν λ. ib.232.2; λ. δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων Hdt.3.142
, cf. 143; οὔτε χρήματα διαχειρίσας τῆς πόλεως δίδωμι λ. αὐτῶν οὔτε ἀρχὴν ἄρξας οὐδεμίαν εὐθύνας ὑπέχω νῦν αὐτῆς Lys.24.26
; λ. ἀπενεγκεῖν Arist.Ath.54.1
; ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις τοῦ τοιούτου λ. ὑπεχέτω Pl.Lg. 774b
; τὸν τῶν χρημάτων λ. παρὰ τούτων λαμβάνειν D.8.47
; ἀδικήματα εἰς ἀργυρίου λ. ἀνήκοντα Din.1.60
; συνᾶραι λόγον μετά τινος settle accounts with, Ev.Matt.18.23, etc.; δεύτεροι λ. a second audit, Cod.Just.1.4.26.1; ὁ τραπεζιτικὸς λ. banking account, Theo Sm.p.73 H.: metaph., οὐκ ἂν πριαίμην οὐδενὸς λ. βροτόν S.Aj. 477
.

b public accounts, i. e. branch of treasury, ἴδιος λ., in Egypt, OGI188.2, 189.3, 669.38; also as title of treasurer, ib.408.4, Str.17.1.12; ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν λ. IPE2.29
A ([place name] Panticapaeum); δημόσιος λ., = Lat. fiscus, OGI669.21 (Egypt, i A.D.), etc. (but later, = aerarium, Cod.Just.1.5.15); also Καίσαρος λ. OGI669.30
; κυριακὸς λ. ib.18.

2 generally, account, reckoning, μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λ. excels the whole account, i.e. is best of all, S.OC 1225 (lyr.); δόντας λ. τῶν ἐποίησαν accounting for, i.e. paying the penalty for their doings, Hdt.8.100; λ. αἰτεῖν Pl.Plt. 285e
; λ. δοῦναι καὶ δέξασθαι Id.Prt. 336c
, al.; λαμβάνειν λ. καὶ ἐλέγχειν Id.Men. 75d
; παρασχεῖν τῶν εἰρημένων λ. Id.R. 344d
; λ. ἀπαιτεῖν D.30.15
, cf. Arist. EN 1104a3; λ. ὑπέχειν, δοῦναι, D.19.95; λ. ἐγγράψαι Id.24.199
, al.; λ. ἀποφέρειν τῇ πόλει Aeschin.3.22
, cf. Eu. Luc.16.2, Ep.Hebr.13.17; τὸ παράδοξον τῶν συμβεβηκότων ὑπὸ λόγον ἄγειν Plb.15.34.2
; λ. ἡ ἐπιστήμη, πολλὰ δὲ ὁ λ. the account is manifold, Plot.6.9.4; ἔχων λόγον τοῦ διὰ τί an account of the cause, Arist.APo. 74b27; ἐς λ. τινός on account of, ἐς χρημάτων λ. Th.3.46
, cf. Plb.5.89.6, LXX 2 Ma1.14, JRS 18.152 ([place name] Jerash); λόγῳ c. gen., by way of, Cod.Just.3.2.5. al.; κατὰ λόγον τοῦ μεγέθους if we take into account his size, Arist.HA 517b27; πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λ. Ep.Hebr.4.13
, cf. D.Chr.31.123.

3 measure, tale (cf. infr. 11.1), θάλασσα.. μετρέεται ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν Heraclit.31
; ψυχῆς ἐστι λ. ἑαυτὸν αὔξων Id.115
; ἐς τούτου (sc. γήραος) λ. οὐ πολλοί τινες ἀπικνέονται to the point of old age, Hdt.3.99, cf.7.9.β; ὁ ξύμπας λ. the full tale, Th.7.56, cf. Ep.Phil.4.15; κοινῷ λ. νομίσαντα common measure, Pl.Lg. 746e; sum, total of expenditure, IG42(1).103.151 (Epid., iv B.C.); ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λ., = Lat. patrimonii modus, Cod.Just.1.5.12.20.

4 esteem, consideration, value put on a person or thing (cf. infr. VI. 2 d), οὗ πλείων λ. ἢ τῶν ἄλλων who is of more worth than all the rest, Heraclit.39; βροτῶν λ. οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν' A.Pr. 233; οὐ σμικροῦ λ. S.OC 1163
: freq. in Hdt., Μαρδονίου λ. οὐδεὶς γίνεται 8.102
; τῶν ἦν ἐλάχιστος ἀπολλυμένων λ. 4.135
, cf. E.Fr.94; περὶ ἐμοῦ οὐδεὶς λ. Ar.Ra.87
; λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι πρός τινος to be of no account, repute with.., Hdt.1.120, cf.4.138; λόγου ποιήσασθαί τινα make one of account, Id.1.33; ἐλαχίστου, πλείστου λ. εἶναι, to be highly, lowly esteemed, Id.1.143, 3.146; but also λόγον τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι, like Lat. rationem habere alicujus, make account of, set a value on, Democr.187, etc.: usu. in neg. statements, οὐδένα λ. ποιήσασθαί τινος Hdt.1.4
, cf. 13, Plb.21.14.9, etc.; λ. ἔχειν Hdt.1.62
, 115; λ. ἴσχειν περί τινος Pl.Ti. 87c
; λ. ἔχειν περὶ τοὺς ποιητάς Lycurg.107
; λ. ἔχειν τινός D.18.199
, Arist.EN 1102b32, Plu.Phil.18 (but also, have the reputation of.., v. infr. VI. 2 e); ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ποιήσασθαί τι Hdt.3.50
; ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ἀπώλοντο without regard, Id.9.70; ἐν σμικρῷ λ. εἶναι Pl.R. 550a
; ὑμεῖς οὔτ' ἐν λ. οὔτ' ἐν ἀριθμῷ Orac. ap. Sch.Theoc.14.48; ἐν ἀνδρῶν λ. [εἶναι] to be reckoned, count as a man, Hdt.3.120; ἐν ἰδιώτεω λόγῳ καὶ ἀτίμου reckoned as.., Eus.Mynd.Fr. 59; σεμνὸς εἰς ἀρετῆς λ. καὶ δόξης D.19.142
.

II relation, correspondence, proportion,

1 generally, ὑπερτερίης λ. relation (of gold to lead), Thgn.418 = 1164; πρὸς λόγον τοῦ σήματος A.Th. 519
; κατὰ λόγον προβαίνοντες τιμῶσι in inverse ratio, Hdt.1.134, cf. 7.36; κατὰ λ. τῆς ἀποφορῆς Id.2.109
; τἄλλα κατὰ λ. in like fashion, Hp.VM16, Prog.17: c. gen., κατὰ λ. τῶν πρόσθεν ib. 24; κατὰ λ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ar. Nu. 619
; κατὰ λ. τῆς δυνάμεως X. Cyr.8.6.11
; ἐλάττω ἢ κατὰ λ. Arist. HA 508a2
, cf. PA 671a18; ἐκ ταύτης ἐγένετο ἐκείνη κατὰ λ. Id.Pol. 1257a31
; cf. εὔλογος: sts. with ὁ αὐτός added, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. τῷ τείχεϊ in fashion like to.., Hdt.1.186; περὶ τῶν νόσων ὁ αὐτὸς λ. analogously, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Prm. 136b, al.; εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. similarly, Id.R. 353d; κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. in the same ratio, IG12.76.8; by parity of reasoning, Pl.Cra. 393c, R. 610a, al.; ἀνὰ λόγον τινός, τινί, Id.Ti. 29c, Alc.2.145d; τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λ. πρὸς.. ὃν ἡ παιδεία πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν is related to.. as.., Procl.in Euc.p.20 F., al.

2 Math., ratio, proportion (ὁ κατ' ἀνάλογον λ., λ. τῆς ἀναλογίας, Theo Sm.p.73 H.), Pythag. 2; ἰσότης λόγων Arist.EN 113a31
; λ. ἐστὶ δύο μεγεθῶν ἡ κατὰ πηλικότητα ποιὰ σχέσις Euc.5
Def.3; τῶν ἁρμονιῶν τοὺς λ. Arist.Metaph. 985b32
, cf. 1092b14; λόγοι ἀριθμῶν numerical ratios, Aristox.Harm.p.32 M.; τοὺς φθόγγους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ἀριθμοῦ λ. λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους to be expressed in numerical ratios, Euc.Sect.Can. Proëm.: in Metre, ratio between arsis and thesis, by which the rhythm is defined, Aristox.Harm.p.34 M.; ἐὰν ᾖ ἰσχυροτέρα τοῦ αἰσθητηρίου ἡ κίνησις, λύεται ὁ λ. Arist.de An. 424a31
; ἀνὰ λόγον analogically, Archyt.2; ἀνὰ λ. μερισθεῖσα [ἡ ψυχή] proportionally, Pl. Ti. 37a; so κατὰ λ. Men.319.6
; πρὸς λόγον in proportion, Plb.6.30.3, 9.15.3 (but πρὸς λόγον ἐπὶ στενὸν συνάγεται narrows uniformly, Sor. 1.9, cf. Diocl.Fr.171); ἐπὶ λόγον IG5(1).1428
([place name] Messene).

3 Gramm., analogy, rule, τῷ λ. τῶν μετοχικῶν, τῆς συγκοπῆς, by the rule of the participles, of syncope, Choerob. in Theod.1.75 Gaisf., 1.377 H.; εἰπέ μοι τὸν λ. τοῦ Αἴας Αἴαντος, τουτέστι τὸν κανόνα An.Ox. 4.328
.

III explanation,

1 plea, pretext, ground, ἐκ τίνος λ.; A.Ch. 515; ἐξ οὐδενὸς λ. S.Ph. 731
; ἀπὸ παντὸς λ. Id.OC 762
; χὠ λ. καλὸς προσῆν Id.Ph. 352
; σὺν ἀφανεῖ λ. Id.OT 657
(lyr., v.l. λόγων) ; ἐν ἀφανεῖ λ. Antipho 5.59
; ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ λ. Hdt.6.124
; κατὰ τίνα λ.; on what ground? Pl.R. 366b; οὐδὲ πρὸς ἕνα λ. to no purpose, Id.Prt. 343d; ἐπὶ τίνι λ.; for what reason? X.HG2.2.19; τὸν λ. τοῦτον this ground of complaint, Aeschin.3.228; τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; what just cause is there? Pl.Grg. 512c; τίνι λ.; on what account? Act.Ap.10.29; κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν reason would that.., ib.18.14; λ. ἔχειν, with personal subject, εἶχον ἄν τινα λ. I (i.e. my conduct) would have admitted of an explanation, Pl.Ap. 31b; τὸν ὀρθὸν λ. the true explanation, ib. 34b.

b plea, case, in Law or argument (cf. VIII. I), τὸν ἥττω λ. κρείττω ποιεῖν to make the weaker case prevail, ib. 18b, al., Arist.Rh. 1402a24, cf. Ar.Nu. 1042 (pl.); personified, ib. 886, al.; ἀμύνεις τῷ τῆς ἡδονῆς λ. Pl.Phlb. 38a
; ἀνοίσεις τοὺς λ. αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν θεόν LXXEx.18.19
; ἐχειν λ. πρός τινα to have a case, ground of action against.., Act.Ap.19.38.

2 statement of a theory, argument, οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λ. ἀκούσαντας prob. in Heraclit.50; λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης discourse and reflection on reality, Parm.8.50; δηλοῖ οὗτος ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Democr.7; οὐκ ἔχει λόγον it is not arguable, i.e. reasonable, S.El. 466, Pl.Phd. 62d, etc.; ἔχει λ. D.44.32
; οὐδεὶς αὐτὰ καταβαλεῖ λ. E.Ba. 202
; δίκασον.. τὸν λ. ἀκούσας Pl.Lg. 696b
; personified, φησὶ οὗτος ὁ λ. ib. 714d, cf. Sph. 238b, Phlb. 50a; ὡς ὁ λ. (sc. λέγει) Arist.EN 1115b12; ὡς ὁ λ. ὁ ὀρθὸς λέγει ib. 1138b20, cf. 29; ὁ λ. θέλει προσβιβάζειν Phld.Rh.1.41
, cf.1.19 S.; οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἀκούσειε λόγου ἀποτρέποντος Arist.EN 1179b27
; λ. καθαίρων Aristo Stoic.1.88
; λόγου τυγχάνειν to be explained, Phld.Mus.p.77 K.; ὁ τὸν λ. μου ἀκούων my teaching, Ev.Jo.5.24; ὁ προφητικὸς λ., collect., of VT prophecy, 2 Ep.Pet.1.19: pl., ὁκόσων λόγους ἤκουσα Heraclit.108
; οὐκ ἐπίθετο τοῖς ἐμοῖς λ. Ar.Nu.73
; of arguments leading to a conclusion ([etym.] ὁ λ.), Pl. Cri. 46b; τὰ Ἀναξαγόρου βιβλία γέμει τούτων τῶν λ. Id.Ap. 26d
; λ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, Arist.EN 1095a31; συλλογισμός ἐστι λ. ἐν ᾧ τεθέντων τινῶν κτλ. Id.APr. 24b18; λ. ἀντίτυπός τε καὶ ἄπορος, of a self-contradictory theory, Plot.6.8.7.

b ὁ περὶ θεῶν λ., title of a discourse by Protagoras, D.L.9.54; ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς λ., name of an argument, ib.23; ὁ αὐξόμενος λ. Plu.2.559b
; καταβάλλοντες (sc. λόγοι), title of work by Protagoras, S.E.M.7.60; λ. σοφιστικοί Arist.SE 165a34
, al.; οἱ μαθηματικοὶ λ. Id.Rh. 1417a19
, etc.; οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λ., current outside the Lyceum, Id.Ph. 217b31, al.; Δισσοὶ λ., title of a philosophical treatise (= Dialex.); Λ. καὶ Λογίνα, name of play of Epicharmus, quibble, argument, personified, Ath.8.338d.

c in Logic, proposition, whether as premiss or conclusion, πρότασίς ἐστι λ. καταφατικὸς ἢ ἀποφατικός τινος κατά τινος Arist.APr. 24a16
.

d rule, principle, law, as embodying the result of λογισμός, Pi.O.2.22, P.1.35, N.4.31; πείθεσθαι τῷ λ. ὃς ἄν μοι λογιζομένῳ βέλτιστος φαίνηται Pl.Cri. 46b
, cf. c; ἡδονὰς τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λ. ἑπομένας obeying right principles, Id.Lg. 696c; προαιρέσεως [ἀρχὴ] ὄρεξις καὶ λ. ὁ ἕνεκά τινος principle directed to an end, Arist.EN 1139a32; of the final cause, ἀρχὴ ὁ λ. ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐν τοῖς φύσει συνεστηκόσιν Id.PA 639b15
; ἀποδιδόασι τοὺς λ. καὶ τὰς αἰτίας οὗ ποιοῦσι ἑκάστου ib.18; [τέχνη] ἕξις μετὰ λ. ἀληθοῦς ποιητική Id.EN 1140a10
; ὀρθὸς λ. true principle, right rule, ib. 1144b27, 1147b3, al.; κατὰ λόγον by rule, consistently, ὁ κατὰ λ. ζῶν Pl.Lg. 689d
, cf. Ti. 89d; τὸ κατὰ λ. ζῆν, opp. κατὰ πάθος, Arist.EN 1169a5; κατὰ λ. προχωρεῖν according to plan, Plb.1.20.3.

3 law, rule of conduct, ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι λόγῳ Heraclit.72
; πολλοὶ λόγον μὴ μαθόντες ζῶσι κατὰ λόγον Democr.53
; δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λ. τὸν καθόλου τοῖς ἄρχουσιν universal principle, Arist.Pol. 1286a17; ὁ νόμος.. λ. ὢν ἀπό τινος φρονήσεως καὶ νοῦ Id.EN 1180a21
; ὁ νόμος.. ἔμψυχος ὢν ἑαυτῷ λ. conscience, Plu. 2.780c; τὸν λ. πρόχειρον ἔχειν precept, Phld.Piet.30, cf. 102; ὁ προστακτικὸς τῶν ποιητέων ἢ μὴ λ. κοινός M.Ant.4.4
.

4 thesis, hypothesis, provisional ground, ὡς ἂν εἰ λέγοι λόγον maintain a thesis, Pl. Prt. 344b; ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λ. provisionally assuming a proposition, Id.Phd. 100a; τὸν τῆς ὁμοιότητος λ. hypothesis of equivalence, Arist.Cael. 296a20.

5 reason, ground, πάντων γινομένων κατὰ τὸν λ. τόνδε Heraclit.1
; οὕτω βαθὺν λ. ἔχει Id.45
; ἐκ λόγου, opp. μάτην, Leucipp. 2; μέγιστον σημεῖον οὗτος ὁ λ. Meliss.8
; [ἐμπειρία] οὐκ ἔχει λ. οὐδένα ὧν προσφέρει has no grounds for.., Pl.Grg. 465a; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης θείας Id.Sph. 265c
; ἡ μετα λόγου ἀληθὴς δόξα ([etym.] ἐπιστήμη) Id.Tht. 201c; λόγον ζητοῦσιν ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λ. proof, Arist. Metaph. 1011a12; οἱ ἁπάντων ζητοῦντες λ. ἀναιροῦσι λ. Thphr.Metaph. 26
.

6 formula (wider than definition, but freq. equivalent thereto), term expressing reason, λ. τῆς πολιτείας Pl.R. 497c
; ψυχῆς οὐσία τε καὶ λ. essential definition, Id.Phdr. 245e; ὁ τοῦ δικαίου λ. Id.R. 343a
; τὸν λ. τῆς οὐσίας ib. 534b, cf. Phd. 78d; τὰς πολλὰς ἐπιστήμας ἑνὶ λ. προσειπεῖν Id.Tht. 148d
; ὁ τῆς οἰκοδομήσεως λ. ἔχει τὸν τῆς οἰκίας Arist. PA 646b3
; τεθείη ἂν ἴδιον ὄνομα καθ' ἕκαστον τῶν λ. Id.Metaph. 1006b5
, cf. 1035b4; πᾶς ὁρισμὸς λ. τίς ἐστι Id.Top. 102a5
; ἐπὶ τῶν σχημάτων λ. κοινός generic definition, Id.de An. 414b23; ἀκριβέστατος λ. specific definition, Id.Pol. 1276b24; πηγῆς λ. ἔχον Ph.2.477
; τὸ ᾠὸν οὔτε ἀρχῆς ἔχει λ. fulfils the function of.., Plu.2.637d; λ. τῆς μίξεως formula, i. e. ratio (cf. supr. II) of combination, Arist.PA 642a22, cf. Metaph. 993a17.

7 reason, law exhibited in the world-process, κατὰ λόγον by law, κόσμῳ πάντα καὶ κατὰ λ. ἔχοντα Pl.R. 500c
; κατ τὸν < αὐτὸν αὖ> λ. by the same law, Epich.170.18; ψυχῆς τὸ πᾶν τόδε διοικούσης κατὰ λ. Plot.2.3.13
; esp. in Stoic Philos., the divine order, τὸν τοῦ παντὸς λ. ὃν ἔνιοι εἱμαρμένην καλοῦσιν Zeno Stoic.1.24
; τὸ ποιοῦν τὸν ἐν [τῇ ὕλῃ] λ. τὸν θεόν ibid., cf. 42; ὁ τοῦ κόσμου λ. Chrysipp.Stoic.2.264
; λόγος, = φύσει νόμος, Stoic.2.169; κατὰ τὸν κοινὸν θεοῖς καὶ ἀνθρώποις λ. M.Ant.7.53
; ὁ ὀρθὸς λ. διὰ πάντων ἐρχόμενος Chrysipp.Stoic.3.4
: so in Plot., τὴν φύσιν εἶναι λόγον, ὃς ποιεῖ λ. ἄλλον γέννημα αὑτοῦ 3.8.2
.

b σπερματικὸς λ. generative principle in organisms, ὁ θεὸς σπ. λ. τοῦ κόσμου Zeno Stoic.1.28
: usu. in pl., Stoic. 2.205,314,al.; γίνεται τὰ ἐν τῷ παντὶ οὐ κατὰ σπερματικούς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λ. περιληπτικούς Plot.3.1.7
, cf.4.4.39: so without σπερματικός, ὥσπερ τινὲς λ. τῶν μερῶν Cleanth.Stoic.1.111
; οἱ λ. τῶν ὅλων Ph.1.9
.

c in Neo-Platonic Philos., of regulative and formative forces, derived from the intelligible and operative in the sensible universe, ὄντων μειζόνων λ. καὶ θεωρούντων αὑτοὺς ἐγὼ γεγέννημαι Plot.3.8.4
; οἱ ἐν σπέρματι λ. πλάττουσι.. τὰ ζῷα οἷον μικρούς τινας κόσμους Id.4.3.10
, cf.3.2.16,3.5.7; opp. ὅρος, Id.6.7.4; ἀφανεῖς λ. τῆς φύσεως Procl.
in R.1.18 K.; τεχνικοὶ λ. ib.142 K., al.

IV inward debate of the soul (cf. λ. ὃν αὐτὴ πρὸς αὑτὴν ἡ ψυχὴ διεξέρχεται Pl.Tht. 189e
( διάλογος in Sph. 263e); ὁ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁ ἔσω λ. (opp. ὁ ἔξω λ.), Arist.APo. 76b25, 27; ὁ ἐνδιάθετος, opp. ὁ προφορικὸς λ., Stoic.2.43, Ph.2.154),

1 thinking, reasoning, τοῦ λ. ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, opp. ἰδία φρόνησις, Heraclit. 2; κρῖναι δὲ λόγῳ.. ἔλεγχον test by reflection, Parm.1.36; reflection, deliberation (cf. VI.3), ἐδίδου λόγον ἑωυτῷ περὶ τῆς ὄψιος Hdt.1.209
, cf. 34, S.OT 583, D.45.7; μὴ εἰδέναι.. μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ neither by reasoning nor by experience, Anaxag.7; ἃ δὴ λόγῳ μὲν καὶ διανοίᾳ ληπτά, ὄψει δ' οὔ Pl.R. 529d
, cf. Prm. 135e; ὁ λ. ἢ ἡ αἴσθησις Arist.EN 1149a35
,al.; αὐτῷ μόνον τῷ λ. πιστεύειν (opp. αἰσθήσεις), of Parmenides and his school, Aristocl. ap. Eus.PE14.17: hence λόγῳ or τῷ λ. in idea, in thought, τῷ λ. τέμνειν Pl.R. 525e
; τῷ λ. δύο ἐστίν, ἀχώριστα πεφυκότα two in idea, though indistinguishable in fact, Arist. EN 1102a30, cf. GC 320b14, al.; λόγῳ θεωρητά mentally conceived, opp. sensibly perceived, Placit.1.3.5, cf. Demetr.Lac.Herc.1055.20; τοὺς λ. θεωρητοὺς χρόνους Epicur.Ep.1p.19U.
; διὰ λόγου θ. χ. ib.p.10 U.; λόγῳ καταληπτός Phld.Po.5.20
, etc.; ὁ λ. οὕτω αἱρέει analogy proves, Hdt.2.33; ὁ λ. or λ. αἱρέει reasoning convinces, Id.3.45,6.124, cf. Pl.Cri. 48c (but, our argument shows, Lg. 663d): also c. acc. pers., χρᾶται ὅ τι μιν λ. αἱρέει as the whim took him, Hdt.1.132; ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λ. αἱρῇ unless we see fit, Id.4.127, cf. Pl.R. 607b; later ὁ αἱρῶν λ. ordaining reason, Zeno Stoic.1.50, M.Ant.2.5, cf. 4.24, Arr.Epict. 2.2.20, etc.: coupled or contrasted with other functions, καθ' ὕπνον ἐπειδὴ λόγου καὶ φρονήσεως οὐ μετεῖχε since reason and understanding are in abeyance, Pl.Ti. 71d; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, opp. αἰτία αὐτομάτη, of Nature's processes of production, Id.Sph. 265c; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν embraced by thought with reflection, opp. μετ' αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου, Id.Ti. 28a; τὸ μὲν ἀεὶ μετ' ἀληθοῦς λ., opp. τὸ δὲ ἄλογον, ib. 51e, cf. 70d, al.; λ. ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν Id.Phlb. 62a
; ἐπιστήμη ἐνοῦσα καὶ ὀρθὸς λ. scientific knowledge and right process of thought, Id.Phd. 73a; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἐπιστήμη τῶν καθόλου Arist.Metaph. 1059b26
; τὸ λόγον ἔχον Id.EN 1102b15
, 1138b9, al.: in sg. and pl., contrasted by Pl. and Arist. as theory, abstract reasoning with outward experience, sts. with depreciatory emphasis on the former, εἰς τοὺς λ. καταφυγόντα Pl.Phd. 99e
; τὸν ἐν λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα, opp. τὸν ἐν ἔργοις (realities), ib. 100a; τῇ αἰσθήσει μᾶλλον τῶν λ. πιστευτέον Arist.GA 760b31
; γνωριμώτερα κατὰ τὸν λ., opp. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, Id.Ph. 189a4; ἐκ τῶν λ. δῆλον, opp. ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς, Id.Mete. 378b20; ἡ τῶν λ. πίστις, opp. ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, Id.Pol. 1326a29; ἡ πίστις οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λ. Id.Ph. 262a19
; μαρτυρεῖ τὰ γιγνόμενα τοῖς λ. Id.Pol. 1334a6
; ὁ μὲν λ. τοῦ καθόλου, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ κατὰ μέρος explanation, opp. perception, Id.Ph. 189a7; ἔσονται τοῖς λ. αἱ πράξεις ἀκόλουθοι theory, opp. practice, Epicur.Sent.25; in Logic, of discursive reasoning, opp. intuition, Arist.EN 1142a26, 1143b1; reasoning in general, ib. 1149a26; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις all reasoning and demonstration, Id.Metaph. 1063b10; λ. καὶ φρόνησιν Phld.Mus.p.105
K.; ὁ λ. ἢ λογισμός ibid.; τὸ ἰδεῖν οὐκέτι λ., ἀλλὰ μεῖζον λόγου καὶ πρὸ λόγου, of mystical vision, opp. reasoning, Plot.6.9.10.—Phrases, κατὰ λ. τὸν εἰκότα by probable reasoning, Pl.Ti. 30b; οὔκουν τόν γ' εἰκότα λ. ἂν ἔχοι Id.Lg. 647d
; παρὰ λόγον, opp. κατὰ λ., Arist.Rh.Al. 1429a29, cf. EN 1167b19; cf. παράλογος (but παρὰ λ. unexpectedly, E.Ba. 940).

2 reason as a faculty, ὁ λ. ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ [Epich.] 256; [θυμοειδὲς] τοῦ λ. κατήκοον Pl.Ti. 70a
; [θυμὸς] ὑπὸ τοῦ λ. ἀνακληθείς Id.R. 440d
; σύμμαχον τῷ λ. τὸν θυμόν ib. b; πειθαρχεῖ τῷ λ. τὸ τοῦ ἐγκρατοῦς Arist. EN 1102b26
; ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν λ. πεφυκός, ὃ μάχεται τῷ λ. ib.17; ἐναντίωσις λόγου πρὸς ἐπιθυμίας Plot.4.7.13(8)
; οὐ θυμός, οὐκ ἐπιθυμία, οὐδὲ λ. οὐδέ τις νόησις Id.6.9.11
: freq. in Stoic. Philos. of human Reason, opp. φαντασία, Zeno Stoic.1.39; opp. φύσις, Stoic.2.206; οὐ σοφία οὐδὲ λ. ἐστὶν ἐν [τοῖς ζῴοις] ibid.; τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ὡς λ. ἔχων λ. μὴ ἔχουσι χρῶ M.Ant.6.23
; ὁ λ. κοινὸν πρὸς τοὺς θεούς Arr.Epict. 1.3.3
; οἷον [εἰκὼν] λ. ὁ ἐν προφορᾷ λόγου τοῦ ἐν ψυχῇ, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὴ λ. νοῦ Plot.5.1.3
; τὸ τὸν λ. σχεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετήν (sc. εὐδαιμονίαν) Procl.in Ti.3.334 D.; also of the reason which pervades the universe, θεῖος λ. [Epich.] 257; τὸν θεῖον λ. καθ' Ἡράκλειτον δι' ἀναπνοῆς σπάσαντες νοεροὶ γινόμεθα S.E.M.7.129
(cf. infr. x).

b creative reason, ἀδύνατον ἦν λόγον μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντα ἐλθεῖν Plot.3.2.14
; ἀρχὴ οὖν λ. καὶ πάντα λ. καὶ τὰ γινόμενα κατ' αὐτόν Id.3.2.15
; οἱ λ. πάντες ψυχαί Id.3.2.18
.

V continuous statement, narrative (whether fact or fiction), oration, etc. (cf. λέγω (B) 11.2),

1 fable, Hdt.1.141; Αἰσώπου λόγοι Pl.Phd. 60d
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1393b8; ὁ τοῦ κυνὸς λ. X.Mem. 2.7.13
.

2 legend, ἱρὸς λ. Hdt.2.62
, cf. 47, Pi.P.3.80 (pl.); συνθέντες λ. E.Ba. 297
; λ. θεῖος Pl.Phd. 85d
; ἱεροὶ λ., of Orphic rhapsodies, Suid. S.V. Ὀρφεύς.

3 tale, story, ἄλλον ἔπειμι λ. Xenoph. 7.1
, cf. Th.1.97, etc.; συνθέτους λ. A.Pr. 686
; σπουδὴν λόγου urgent tidings, E.Ba. 663; ἄλλος λ. 'another story', Pl.Ap. 34e; ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λ. ἐστίν the story is consistent, Isoc.3.27: pl., histories, ἐν τοῖσι Ἀσσυρίοισι λ. Hdt.1.184
, cf. 106, 2.99; so in sg., a historical work, Id.2.123, 6.19,7.152: also in sg., one section of such a work (like later βίβλος), Id.2.38,6.39, cf. VI.3d; so in pl., ἐν τοῖσι Λιβυκοῖσι λ. Id.2.161
, cf. 1.75,5.22,7.93, 213; ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν λ. Id.5.36
; ὁ πρῶτος λ., of St. Luke's gospel, Act.Ap.1.1: in Pl., opp. μῦθος, as history to legend, Ti. 26e; ποιεῖν μύθους ἀλλ' οὐ λόγους Phd. 61b
, cf. Grg. 523a (but μῦθον λέγειν, opp. λόγῳ ( argument) διεξελθεῖν Prt. 320c
, cf. 324d); περὶ λόγων καὶ μύθων Arist.Pol. 1336a30
; ὁ λ... μῦθός ἐστι Ael.NA4.34
.

4 speech, delivered in court, assembly, etc., χρήσομαι τῇ τοῦ λ. τάξει ταύτῃ Aeschin.3.57
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1358a38; δικανικοὶ λ. Id.EN 1181a4
; τρία γένη τῶν λ. τῶν ῥητορικῶν, συμβουλευτικόν, δικανικόν, ἐπιδεικτικόν Id.Rh. 1358b7
; τῷ γράψαντι τὸν λ. Thphr. Char.17.8
, cf. λογογράφος 11
; ἐπιτάφιος λ. funeral oration, Pl.Mx. 236b; esp. of the body of a speech, opp. ἐπίλογος, Arist.Rh. 1420b3; opp. προοίμιον, ib. 1415a12; body of a law, opp. proem, Pl.Lg. 723b; spoken, opp. written word, τὸν τοῦ εἰδότος λ. ζῶντα καὶ ἔμψυχον οὗ ὁ γεγραμμένος εἴδωλόν τι Id.Phdr. 276a
; ὁ ἐκ τοῦ βιβλίου ῥηθεὶς [λ.] speech read from a roll, ib. 243c; published speech, D.C.40.54; rarely of the speeches in Tragedy ([etym.] ῥήσεις), Arist.Po. 1450b6,9.

VI verbal expression or utterance (cf. λέγω (B) 111), rarely a single word, v. infr. b, never in Gramm. signf. of vocable ([etym.] ἔπος, λέξις, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), usu. of a phrase, cf. IX. 3 (the only sense found in [dialect] Ep.).

a pl., without Art., talk, τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις Il.15.393
; αἱμύλιοι λ. Od.1.56
, h.Merc. 317, Hes.Th. 890, Op.78, 789, Thgn.704, A.R.3.1141; ψευδεῖς Λ., personified, Hes.Th. 229; ἀφροδίσιοι λ. Semon.7.91
; ἀγανοῖσι λ. Pi.P. 4.101
; ὄψον δὲ λ. φθονεροῖσιν tales, Id.N.8.21; σμικροὶ λ. brief words, S.Aj. 1268 (s.v.l.), El. 415; δόκησις ἀγνὼς λόγων bred of talk, Id.OT 681 (lyr.): also in sg., λέγ' εἴ σοι τῷ λ. τις ἡδονή speak if thou delightest in talking, Id.El. 891.

b sg., expression, phrase, πρὶν εἰπεῖν ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν λ. Id.Ant. 1245
, cf. E.Hipp. 514; μυρίας ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ Hdt.2.37
; μακρὸς λ. rigmarole, Simon.189, Arist.Metaph. 1091a8; λ. ἠρέμα λεχθεὶς διέθηκε τὸ πόρρω a whispered message, Plot.4.9.3; ἑνὶ λόγῳ to sum up, in brief phrase, Pl.Phdr. 241e, Phd. 65d; concisely, Arist. EN 1103b21 (but also, = ἁπλῶς, περὶ πάντων ἑνὶ λ. Id.GC 325a1): pl., λ. θελκτήριοι magic words, E.Hipp. 478; rarely of single words, λ. εὐσύνθετος οἷον τὸ χρονοτριβεῖν Arist.Rh. 1406a36
; οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λ. answered her not a word, Ev.Matt.15.23.

c coupled or contrasted with words expressed or understood signifying act, fact, truth, etc., mostly in a depreciatory sense, λ. ἔργου σκιή Democr. 145
; ὥσπερ μικρὸν παῖδα λόγοις μ' ἀπατᾷς Thgn.254
; λόγῳ, opp. ἔργῳ, Democr.82, etc.; νηπίοισι οὐ λ. ἀλλὰ ξυμφορὴ διδάσκαλος Id.76
; ἔργῳ κοὐ λόγῳ τεκμαίρομαι A.Pr. 338
, cf. S.El.59, OC 782; λόγῳ μὲν λέγουσι.. ἔργῳ δὲ οὐκ ἀποδεικνῦσι Hdt.4.8
; οὐ λόγων, φασίν, ἡ ἀγορὴ δεῖται, χαλκῶν δέ Herod.7.49
; οὔτε λ. οὔτε ἔργῳ Lys.9.14
; λόγοις, opp. ψήφῳ, Aeschin.2.33; opp. νόῳ, Hdt.2.100; οὐ λόγῳ μαθών E.Heracl.5
; ἐκ λόγων, κούφου πράγματος Pl.Lg. 935a
; λόγοισι εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα ib. 886e, cf. Luc.Anach.19; ἵνα μὴ λ. οἴησθε εἶναι, ἀλλ' εἰδῆτε τὴν ἀλήθειαν Lycurg.23
, cf. D.30.34; opp. πρᾶγμα, Arist.Top. 146a4; opp. βία, Id.EN 1179b29, cf. 1180a5; opp. ὄντα, Pl.Phd. 100a; opp. γνῶσις, 2 Ep.Cor.11.6; λόγῳ in pretence, Hdt.1.205, Pl.R. 361b, 376d, Ti. 27a, al.; λόγου ἕνεκα merely as a matter of words, ἄλλως ἕνεκα λ. ἐλέγετο Id.Cri. 46d
; λόγου χάριν, opp. ὡς ἀληθῶς, Arist.Pol. 1280b8; but also, let us say, for instance, Id.EN 1144a33, Plb.10.46.4, Phld. Sign.29, M.Ant.4.32; λόγου ἕνεκα let us suppose, Pl.Tht. 191c; ἕως λόγου, μέχρι λ., = Lat. verbo tenus, Plb.10.24.7, Epict.Ench.16: sts. without depreciatory force, the antithesis or parallelism being verbal (cf. 'word and deed'), λόγῳ τε καὶ σθένει S.OC68
; ἔν τε ἔργῳ καὶ λ. Pl.R. 382e
, cf. D.S.13.101, Ev.Luc.24.19, Act.Ap.7.22, Paus.2.16.2; ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον, opp. τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων, Th. 1.22.

2 common talk, report, tradition, ὡς λ. ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἔην Batr. 8
; λ. ἐκ πατέρων Alc.71
; οὐκ ἔστ' ἔτυμος λ. οὗτος Stesich.32
; διξὸς λέγεται λ. Hdt.3.32
; λ. ὑπ' Αἰγυπτίων λεγόμενος Id.2.47
; νέον [λ.] tidings, S.Ant. 1289 (lyr.); τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὡρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ λόγοισι ἐπυνθανόμεθα by hearsay, Hdt.2.148: also in pl., ἐν γράμμασιν λόγοι κείμενοι traditions, Pl.Lg. 886b.

b rumour, ἐπὶ παντὶ λ. ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit. 87
; αὐδάεις λ. voice of rumour, B.14.44; περὶ θεῶν διῆλθεν ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Th.6.46; λ. παρεῖχεν ὡς .. Plb.3.89.3; ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λ. οὗτος εῖς τινας ὅτι .. Ev.Jo.21.23, cf. Act.Ap.11.22; fiction, Ev.Matt.28.15.

c mention, notice, description, οὐκ ὕει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν worth mentioning, Hdt.4.28, cf. Plb.1.24.8, etc.; ἔργα λόγου μέζω beyond expression, Hdt.2.35; κρεῖσσον λόγου τὸ εἶδος τῆς νόσου beyond description, Th. 2.50; μείζω ἔργα ἢ ὡς τῷ λ. τις ἂν εἴποι D.6.11
.

d the talk one occasions, repute, mostly in good sense, good report, praise, honour (cf. supr. 1.4), πολλὰ φέρειν εἴωθε λ... πταίσματα Thgn.1221
; λ. ἐσλὸν ἀκοῦσαι Pi.I.5(4).13
; πλέονα.. λ. Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν Id.N.7.21
; ἵνα λ. σε ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθός Hdt.7.5
, cf. 9.78; Τροίαν.. ἧς ἁπανταχοῦ λ. whose fame, story fills the world, E.IT 517; οὐκ ἂν ἦν λ. σέθεν Id.Med. 541
: less freq. in bad sense, evil report, λ. κακόθρους, κακός, S. Aj. 138 (anap.), E.Heracl. 165: pl., λόγους ψιθύρους πλάσσων slanders, S.Aj. 148 (anap.).

e λ. ἐστί, ἔχει, κατέχει, the story goes, c. acc. et inf., ἔστ τις λ. τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν Simon.58.1
, cf. S.El. 417; λ. μὲν ἔστ' ἀρχαῖος ὡς .. Id.Tr.1; λ. alone, E.Heracl.35; ὡς λ. A.Supp. 230
, Pl. Phlb. 65c, etc.; λ. ἐστί Hdt.7.129
,9.26, al.; λ. αἰὲν ἔχει S.OC 1573
(lyr.); ὅσον ὁ λ. κατέχει tradition prevails, Th.1.10: also with a personal subject in the reverse construction. Κλεισθένης λ. ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι has the credit of.., Hdt.5.66, cf. Pl.Epin. 987b, 988b; λ. ἔχοντα σοφίας Ep.Col.2.23
, v.supr.1.4.

3 discussion, debate, deliberation, πολλὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λ. Hdt.8.59
; συνελέχθησαν οἱ Μῆδοι ἐς τὠυτὸ καὶ ἐδίδοσαν σφίσι λόγον, λέγοντες περὶ τῶν κατηκόντων Id.1.97
; οἱ Πελασγοὶ ἑωυτοῖσι λόγους ἐδίδοσαν Id.6.138
; πολέμῳ μᾶλλον ἢ λόγοις τὰ ἐγκλήματα διαλύεσθαι Th.1.140
; οἱ περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης λ. Aeschin.2.74
; τοῖς ἔξωθεν λ. πεπλήρωκε τὸν λ. [Plato] has filled his dialogue with extraneous discussions, Arist.Pol. 1264b39; τὸ μῆκος τῶν λ. D.Chr.7.131
; μεταβαίνων ὁ λ. εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφῖκται our debate, Arist.EN 1097a24; ὁ παρὼν λ. ib. 1104a11; θεῶν ὧν νῦν ὁ λ. ἐστί discussion, Pl.Ap. 26b, cf. Tht. 184a, M.Ant.8.32; τῷ λ. διελθεῖν, διϊέναι, Pl.Prt. 329c, Grg. 506a, etc.; τὸν λ. διεξελθεῖν conduct the debate, Id.Lg. 893a; ξυνελθεῖν ἐς λόγον confer, Ar.Eq. 1300: freq. in pl., ἐς λόγους συνελθόντες parley, Hdt. 1.82; ἐς λ. ἐλθεῖν τινι have speech with, ib.86; ἐς λ. ἀπικέσθαι τινί Id.2.32
; διὰ λόγων ἰέναι E.Tr. 916
; ἐμαυτῇ διὰ λ. ἀφικόμην Id.Med. 872
; ἐς λ. ἄγειν τινά X.HG4.1.2
; κοινωνεῖν λόγων καὶ διανοίας Arist.EN 1170b12
.

b right of discussion or speech, ἢ 'πὶ τῷ πλήθει λ.; S.OC 66; λ. αἰτήσασθαι ask leave to speak, Th.3.53; λ. διδόναι X.HG5.2.20
; οὐ προυτέθη σφίσιν λ. κατὰ τὸν νόμον ib.1.7.5; λόγου τυχεῖν D.18.13
, cf. Arist.EN 1095b21, Plb.18.52.1; οἱ λόγου τοὺς δούλους ἀποστεροῦντες Arist.Pol. 1260b5
; δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου Trag.Adesp.304
; διδόντας λ. καὶ δεχομένους ἐν τῷ μέρει Luc.Pisc.8
: hence, time allowed for a speech, ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ λ. And.1.26
,al.; ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λ. Pl.Ap. 34a
; οὐκ ἐλάττω λ. ἀνήλωκε D.18.9
.

c dialogue, as a form of philosophical debate, ἵνα μὴ μαχώμεθα ἐν τοῖς λ. ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ Pl. Cra. 430d
; πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοὺς λ. ποιεῖσθαι Id.Prt. 348a
: hence, dialogue as a form of literature, οἱ Σωκρατικοὶ λ. Arist.Po. 1447b11
, Rh. 1417a20; cf. διάλογος.

d section, division of a dialogue or treatise (cf. v. 3), ὁ πρῶτος λ. Pl.Prm. 127d
; ὁ πρόσθεν, ὁ παρελθὼν λ., Id.Phlb. 18e, 19b; ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λ. Arist.PA 682a3
; ἐν τοῖς περὶ κινήσεως λ. in the discussion of motion (i. e. Ph.bk.8), Id.GC 318a4; ἐν τῷ περὶ ἐπαίνου λ. Phld.Rh.1.219
; branch, department, division of a system of philosophy, τὴν φρόνησιν ἐκ τριῶν συνεστηκέναι λ., τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν Chrysipp.Stoic.2.258
.

e in pl., literature, letters, Pl.Ax. 365b, Epin. 975d, D.H.Comp.1,21 (but, also in pl., treatises, Plu.2.16c); οἱ ἐπὶ λόγοις εὐδοκιμώτατοι Hdn.6.1.4
; Λόγοι, personified, AP9.171 (Pall.).

VII a particular utterance, saying:

1 divine utterance, oracle, Pi.P.4.59; λ. μαντικοί Pl. Phdr. 275b
; οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν ἐρῶ τὸν λ. Pl.Ap. 20e
; ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Apoc.1.2
,9.

2 proverb, maxim, saying, Pi.N.9.6, A.Th. 218; ὧδ' ἔχει λ. ib. 225; τόνδ' ἐκαίνισεν λ. ὡς .. Critias 21, cf. Pl.R. 330a, Ev.Jo.4.37; ὁ παλαιὸς λ. Pl.Phdr. 240c
, cf. Smp. 195b, Grg. 499c, Lg. 757a, 1 Ep.Ti.1.15, Plu.2.1082e, Luc.Alex.9, etc.; τὸ τοῦ λόγου δὴ τοῦτο Herod.2.45
, cf. D.Chr.66.24, Luc.JTr.3, Alciphr.3.56, etc.: pl., Arist.EN 1147a21.

3 assertion, opp. oath, S.OC 651; ψιλῷ λ. bare word, opp. μαρτυρία, D.27.54.

4 express resolution, κοινῷ λ. by common consent, Hdt.1.141,al.; ἐπὶ λ. τοιῷδε, ἐπ' ᾧ τε .. on the following terms, Id.7.158, cf. 9.26; ἐνδέξασθαι τὸν λ. Id.1.60
, cf. 9.5; λ. ἔχοντες πλεονέκτην a greedy proposal, Id.7.158: freq. in pl., terms, conditions, Id.9.33, etc.

5 word of command, behest, A.Pr.17,40 (both pl.), Pers. 363; ἀνθρώπους πιθανωτέρους ποιεῖν λόγῳ X.Oec.13.9
; ἐξέβαλε τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Ev.Matt.8.16
; οἱ δέκα λ. the ten Commandments, LXX Ex.34.28, Ph.1.496.

VIII thing spoken of, subject-matter (cf. 111.1 b and 2), λ. τοῦτον ἐάσομεν Thgn.1055
; προπεπυσμένος πάντα λ. the whole matter, Hdt.1.21, cf. 111; τὸν ἐόντα λ. the truth of the matter, ib.95, 116; μετασχεῖν τοῦ λ. to be in the secret, ib. 127; μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λ. τοῦτον εῐπῃς Id.8.65
; τίς ἦν λ.; S.OT 684 ( = πρᾶγμα, 699); περί τινος λ. διελεγόμεθα subject, question, Pl.Prt. 314c; [τὸ προοίμιον] δεῖγμα τοῦ λ. case, Arist.Rh. 1415a12, cf. 111.1b; τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λ. ψηφίζονται the end of the matter was that.., Aeschin.3.124; οὐκ ἔστεξε τὸν λ. Plb.8.12.5
; οὐκ ἔστι σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λ. τούτῳ Act.Ap.8.21
; ἱκανὸς αὐτῷ ὁ λ. Pl.Grg. 512c
; οὐχ ὑπολείπει [Γοργίαν] ὁ λ. matter for talk, Arist.Rh. 1418a35; μηδένα λ. ὑπολιπεῖν Isoc.4.146
; πρὸς λόγον to the point, apposite, οὐδὲν πρὸς λ. Pl.Phlb. 42e
, cf. Prt. 344a; ἐὰν πρὸς λ. τι ᾖ Id.Phlb. 33c
; also πρὸς λόγου Id.Grg. 459c
(s. v.l.).

2 plot of a narrative or dramatic poem, = μῦθος, Arist.Po. 1455b17, al.

b in Art, subject of a painting, ζωγραφίας λόγοι Philostr.VA 6.10
; λ. τῆς γραφῆς Id.Im.1.25
.

3 thing talked of, event, μετὰ τοὺς λ. τούτους LXX 1 Ma.7.33
, cf. Act.Ap.15.6.

IX expression, utterance, speech regarded formally, τὸ ἀπὸ [ψυχῆς] ῥεῦμα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰὸν μετὰ φθόγγου λ., opp. διάνοια, Pl.Sph. 263e; intelligent utterance, opp. φωνή, Arist.Pol. 1253a14; λ. ἐστὶ φωνὴ σημαντικὴ κατὰ συνθήκην Id.Int. 16b26
, cf. Diog.Bab.Stoic.3.213; ὅθεν (from the heart) ὁ λ. ἀναπέμπεται Stoic.2.228
, cf. 244; Protagoras was nicknamed λόγος, Hsch. ap. Sch.Pl.R. 600c, Suid.; λόγου πειθοῖ Democr.181
: in pl., eloquence, Isoc.3.3,9.11; τὴν ἐν λόγοις εὐρυθμίαν Epicur.Sent.Pal.5p.69
v. d. M.; λ. ἀκριβής precise language, Ar.Nu. 130 (pl.), cf. Arist.Rh. 1418b1; τοῦ μὴ ᾀδομένου λ. Pl.R. 398d
; ἡδυσμένος λ., of rhythmical language set to music, Arist.Po. 1449b25; ἐν παντὶ λ. in all manner of utterance, 1 Ep.Cor.1.5; ἐν λόγοις in orations, Arist.Po. 1459a13; λ. γελοῖοι, ἀσχήμονες, ludicrous, improper speech, Id.SE 182b15, Pol. 1336b14.

2 of various modes of expression, esp. artistic and literary, ἔν τε ᾠδαῖς καὶ μύθοις καὶ λόγοις Pl.Lg. 664a
; ἐν λόγῳ καὶ ἐν ᾠδαῖς X.Cyr.1.4.25
, cf. Pl.Lg. 835b; prose, opp. ποίησις, Id.R. 390a; opp. ψιλομετρία, Arist.Po. 1448a11; opp. ἔμμετρα, ib. 1450b15 (pl.); τῷ λ. τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων (sc. τὸ ἰαμβεῖον) ὁμοιότατον εἶναι Id.Rh. 1404a31
; in full, ψιλοὶ λ. prose, ib. b33 (but ψιλοὶ λ., = arguments without diagrams, Pl.Tht. 165a); λ. πεζοί, opp. ποιητική, D.H.Comp.6; opp. ποιήματα, ib.15; κοινὰ καὶ ποιημάτων καὶ λόγων Phld.Po.5.7
; πεζὸς λ. ib.27, al.

b of the constituents of lyric or dramatic poetry, words, τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν.. λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ Pl.R. 398d
; opp. πρᾶξις, Arist.Po. 1454a18; dramatic dialogue, opp. τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, ib. 1449a17.

3 Gramm., phrase, complex term, opp. ὄνομα, Id.SE 165a13; λ. ὀνοματώδης noun- phrase, Id.APo. 93b30, cf. Rh. 1407b27; expression, D.H.Th.2, Demetr.Eloc.92.

b sentence, complete statement, "ἄνθρωπος μανθάνει λόγον εἶναί φῃς.. ἐλάχιστόν τε καὶ πρῶτον Pl.Sph. 262c
; λ. αὐτοτελής A.D.Synt.3.6
, D.T.634.1; ῥηθῆναι λόγῳ to be expressed in a sentence, Pl.Tht. 202b; λ. ἔχειν to be capable of being so expressed, ib. 201e, cf. Arist.Rh. 1404b26.

c language, τὰ τοῦ λ. μέρη parts of speech, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.31, S.E.M.9.350, etc.; τὰ μόρια τοῦ λ. D.H.Comp.6
; μέρος λ. D.T.633.26
, A.D.Pron.4.6, al. (but ἓν μέρος <τοῦ cod.> λόγου one word, Id.Synt.340.10, cf. 334.22); περὶ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ λ., title of work by Chrysippus.

X the Word or Wisdom of God, personified as his agent in creation and world-government, ὁ παντοδύναμός σου λ. LXX Wi.18.15
; ὁ ἐκ νοὸς φωτεινὸς λ. υἱὸς θεοῦ Corp.Herm.1.6
, cf. Plu.2.376c; λ. θεοῦ δι' οὗ κατεσκευάσθη [ὁ κόσμος] Ph.1.162; τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας· ἡ δέ ἐστιν ὁ θεοῦ λ. ib.56; λ. θεῖος.. εἰκὼν θεοῦ ib. 561, cf. 501; τὸν τομέα τῶν συμπάντων [θεοῦ] λ. ib. 492; τὸν ἄγγελον ὅς ἐστι λ. ib. 122: in NT identified with the person of Christ, ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. Ev.Jo.1.1
, cf. 14, 1 Ep.Jo.2.7, Apoc.19.13; ὁ λ. τῆς ζωῆς 1 Ep.Jo.1.1
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > λόγος
15 ὡς

ὡς:—Summary:

A as ADVERB of Manner.

Aa ὧς and ὥς (with accent), so, thus.

Ab ὡς (without accent) of the Relat. Pron. ὅς, as.

Acὡς Relat. and Interrog., how.

Ad ὡς temporal, when.

Ae ὡς Local, where,

B ὡς, as CONJUNCTION.

C, D various usages.

A ADVERB of Manner:

Aa [full] ὥς, Demonstr., = οὕτως, so, thus, freq. in Hom., Il.1.33, al.; ὢς εἶπ' Sapph.Supp.20
a.11 (Epic style); in [dialect] Ion. Prose, Hdt.3.13, al.; rare in [dialect] Att., and almost confined to certain phrases, v. infr. 2, 3; ὥς simply = οὕτως, A.Ag. 930, Th.3.37, Pl.Prt. 338a; ἀλλ' ὣς γενέσθω E.Hec. 888
, al.

2 καὶ ὧς even so, nevertheless, Il.1.116, al.; οὐδ' ὧς not even so, 7.263, Od.1.6, al., Hdt.6.76; οὐδέ κεν ὧς Il.9.386
: the phrases καὶ ὧς, οὐδ' ὧς, μηδ' ὧς, are used in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 1042, Th.1.74, 7.74; also later, PCair.Zen.19.10 (iii B. C., unaccented), UPZ146.40 (ii B. C.), GDI 1832.11 (Delph., ii B. C.), IG22.850.17 (iii B. C.); κἂν ὧς, εἴπερ μέλει σοι, ἀπόστειλόν μοί τινα POxy.120.11
(iv A. D.); δουλεύων καθὼς καὶ ὧς GDI2160
(Delph., ii B. C.); Thess. καὶ οὗς IG9(2).234.1
(iii B. C.); for this phrase the accentuation ὧς is prescribed by Hdn.Gr.2.932, al., cf. A.D.Synt.307.16, and is found in good Mss. of Homer; for the remaining uses under this head (Aa. 1, 3, 4 ) the accentuation ὥς is prescribed by the same grammarians.

3 in Comparisons, ὥς.., ὡς .., so.. as.., etc.; and reversely ὡς.., ὣς .., as.. so, Il.1.512, 14.265, etc.; in [dialect] Att., Pl.R. 530d; also ὥς τε.. ὣς .., as.. thus.., h.Cer. 174-6, E.Ba. 1066-8; οἷα.. ὥς Id.El. 151
-5; ὥσπερ.., ὣς δὲ .. (in apodosi) Pl.Prt. 326d.

4 thus, for instance, Od.5.129, h.Ven. 218; ὥς shd. be accented in Od.5.121, 125.

Ab [full] ὡς, Relat., as, Hom., etc.; prop. relat. to a demonstr. Adv., which is freq. omitted, κινήθη δ' ἀγορὴ ὡς κύματα μακρὰ θαλάσσης, i. e. οὕτως, ὡς .., Il.2.144 (φὴ Zenod.
): it is relat. not only to the regular demonstr. Advs. ὥς (ὧς), τώς, ὧδε, οὕτως, αὕτως, but also to ταύτῃ, Pl.R. 365d, etc. We find a collat. [dialect] Dor. form ὥ (q. v.); cf. ὥτε. Usage:

I in similes, freq. in Hom., Il.5.161, al.; longer similes are commonly introduced by ὡς ὅτε, ὡς δ' ὅτε, ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε πύργος [ἤριπε] 4.462
: ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε τις δρῦς ἤριπε 13.389
, cf. 2.394; so later, Emp.84.1, etc.; ὡς ὅτε θαητὸν μέγαρον, πάξομεν Pi.O.6.2
: ὡς ὅτε is rare in short similes, Od.11.368: ὡς is folld. by indic. [tense] pres., Il.9.4, 16.364: also by [tense] aor., 3.33 sq., 4.275, 16.823, al.; also by subj. [tense] pres. or [tense] aor., 5.161, 10.183, 485, 13.334 (sts. ὡς δ' ὅτ' ἄν, 11.269, 17.520); cf. ὥστε A:—the Verb is sts. omitted with ὡς, but may be supplied from the context, ἐνδούπησε πεσοῦσ', ὡς εἰναλίη κήξ (sc. πίπτει) Od.15.479, cf. 6.20; θεὸς δ' ὣς τίετο δήμῳ Il.5.78
; οἱ δὲ φέβοντο.., βόες ὣς ἀγελαῖαι Od.22.299
: where ὡς follows the noun to which it refers, it takes the accent; so in Com., Ἀριστόδημος ὥς Cratin.151
, cf. Eub.75.6; v. infr. H.

2 like as, just as, ὡς οὗτος κατὰ τέκν' ἔφαγε.., ὣς ἡμεῖς κτλ. Il.2.326
, v. supr. Aa. 3.

3 sts. in the sense as much as or according as, ἑλὼν κρέας ὥς (i. e. ὅσον) οἱ χεῖρες ἐχάνδανον Od.17.344
; ὦκα δὲ μητρὶ ἔννεπον ὡς (i. e. ὅσα) εἶδόν τε καὶ ἔκλυον h.Cer. 172
; τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός Od.4.105
; τόσον.. ὡς Il.4.130
; so in Trag., σοὶ θεοὶ πόροιεν ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω S.OC 1124
; ὡς ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔστιν ὑμῶν ὅστις ἐξ ἴσου νοσεῖ Id.OT60
; in Prose, ὡς δύναται as much as he can, Democr.278; τὸ ῥῆμα μέμνημαι ὡς εἶπε Aeschin.3.72
; ὡς μή = ὅσον μή, νέμεν ὅτι ἃν ( = ἂν) βόλητοι ὡς μὴ ἰν τοῖ περιχώροι IG5(2).3.9
(Tegea, iv B. C.); cf. Ab. 11.2 infr.

4 sts. after [comp] Comp., compared with, hence than, μᾶλλον πρέπει οὕτως ὡς .. Pl.Ap. 36d; ἅ γε μείζω πόνον παρέχει.. οὐκ ἂν ῥᾳδίως οὐδὲ πολλὰ ἂν εὕροις ὡς τοῦτο Id.R. 526c
; οὐδενὸς μᾶλλον φροντίζειν ὡς .. Plb.3.12.5, cf. 7.4.5, 11.2.9, Plu.Cor.36: μᾶσσον ὡς is dub. in A.Pr. 629, and <ἢ> shd. perh. be inserted in Lys.7.12,31; cf. ὥσπερ IV.

II with Adverbial clauses:

1 parenthetically, in qualifying clauses, ὡς ἔοικε, etc., Pl. Smp. 176c, etc.: in these cases γε or γοῦν is freq. added, ὡς γοῦν ὁ λόγος σημαίνει as at any rate the argument shows, Id.R. 334a; in some phrases c. inf., v. infr. B. 11.3. An anacoluthon sts. occurs by the Verb of the principal clause being made dependent on the parenthetic Verb, ὡς δὲ Σκύθαι λέγουσι, νεώτατον ἁπάντων ἐθνέων εἶναι (for ἦν) τὸ σφέτερον Hdt.4.5
, cf. 1.65; ὡς ἐγὼ ἤκουσα, εἶναι αὐτόν Id.4.76
; ὡς γὰρ.. ἤκουσά τινος, ὅτι .. X.An.6.4.18 codd.; ἁνὴρ ὅδ' ὡς ἔοικεν οὐ νεμεῖν (for οὐ νεμεῖ, ὡς ἔοικε), S.Tr. 1238.

2 in elliptical phrases, so far as.. (cf. supr. Ab.1.3) ὡς ἐμοί Id.Aj. 395
(lyr.); so ὥς γε ἐμοὶ κριτῇ Ael.VH2.41
and ὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801
; ὡς ἐμῇ δόξῃ X.Vect.5.2
; ὡς ἀπ' ὀμμάτων (sc. εἰκάσαι) to judge by eyesight, S.OC15: esp. in such phrases as οὐκέτι πολλὸν χωρίον, ὡς εἶναι Αἰγύπτου Hdt.2.8
; οὐδὲ ἀδύνατος, ὡς Αακεδαιμόνιος for a Lacedaemonian, Th.4.84, cf. D.H.10.31; ὡς ἀνθρώποις Alcmaeon 1
; φρονεῖ.. ὡς γυνὴ μέγα for a woman, S.OT 1078; πιστός, ὡς νομεύς, ἀνήρ ib. 1118; μακρὰν ὡς γέροντι.. ὁδόν Id.OC20
, cf. 385, Ant.62, etc.; ὡπλισμένοι ὡς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἱκανῶς X.An.4.3.31
; also with ἄν, μεγάλα ἐκτήσατο χρήματα, ὡς ἂν εἶναι Ῥοδῶπιν Hdt.2.135
codd. (ἂν secl. Krüger, Ῥοδώπιος cj. Valck.):—for ὡς εἰπεῖν and the like , v. infr. B. 11.3.

3 ὡς attached to the object of the Verb, as, ἑωυτὸν ὡς ἐχθρὸν λυπέει Democr.88
; ἔλαβεν ἀμφοτέρους ὡς φίλους ἤδη X.Cyr.3.2.25
; ἐν οἰκήματι ᾧ ὡς ταμιείῳ ἐχρῆτο Pl.Prt. 315d
.— For the similar usage of ὡς with Participles and Prepositions, v. infr. c.

III with Adverbs:

a with the Posit.,
ὡς ἀληθῶς
truly, Pl.Phdr. 234e
(cf. ἀληθής 111.1b
: as if Adv. of τὸ ἀληθές) ; ὡς ἑτέρως in the other way, ib. 276c, D.18.212 (Adv. of ὁ ἕτερος; v. ἕτερος v. 2) (v. infr. D.1.1); ὡς ἠπίως, ὡς ἐτητύμως, S.El. 1438 (lyr.), 1452; ὡς ὁμοίως SIG708.34
(Istropolis, ii B. C.), LXX 4 Ma.5.21, 1 Enoch5.3, IG7.2725.16 (Acraeph., ii A. D.); ὡς ἐναλλάξ Vett.Val. 215.9
, 340.2; ὡς παντελῶς Id.184.26
; ὡς ἄλλως Is.7.27
, D.6.32; ὡς ἐνδεχομένως PPetr.2p.53
(iii B. C.); in ὣς αὔτως (v. ὡσαύτως ) we have the Adv. of ὁ αὐτός, but the ὥς retains its demonstr. force, as does ὁ in Homer; ὡς ἀληθῶς, ὡς ὁμοίως, and ὡς παντελῶς may be modelled on ὣς αὔτως, with which they are nearly synonymous; so also ὡς ἑτέρως and ὡς ἐναλλάξ, which are contrasted with it.

b with Advbs. expressing anything extraordinary, θαυμαστῶς or θαυμασίως ὡς, ὑπερφυῶς ὡς, v. sub vocc.; ὡς is sts. separated by several words from its Adv., as θαυμαστῶς μοι εἶπες ὡς παρα' δόξαν Pl.Phd. 95a
; ὑπερφυῶς δὴ τὸ χρῆμα ὡς δύσγνωστον φαίνεται Id.Alc.2.147c
, cf. Phd. 99d.

c with the [comp] Sup., as much as can be, ὡς μάλιστα Th.1.141
, etc.: ὡς ῥᾷστα as easily as possible, A.Pr. 104; ὡς πλεῖστα Democr. 189
; ὠς τάχιστα as quickly as possible, Alc.Supp.4.15, etc.; more fully expressed, ὡς δυνατὸν ἄριστα Isoc.12.153
; ὡς ἐδύναντο ἀδηλότατα Th.7.50
; μαχομένους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα X.An.3.2.6
; ὡς οἷόν τε βελτιστον Pl.R. 403d
; ὡς ἀνυστὸν κάλλιστα Diog.Apollon.3: ὡς and ὅτι are sts. found together, where one is superfluous, ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα Pl.Lg. 908a
; βοῦν ὡς ὅτι κάλλιστον IG22.1028.17
(ii/i B. C.); v. infr. G.

d with [comp] Comp., ὡς θᾶσσον Plb.1.66.1
, 3.82.1.

e in the phrases ὡς τὸ πολύ, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, Pl.R. 330c, 377b; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον for the more part, commonly, ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον Th.2.34
; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς πλήθει, Pl.R. 364a, 389d; ὡς τὸ ἐπίπαν Hdt.7.50
, etc.; ὡς τὰ πολλά Ael.NA12.17
.

2 with Adjs.,

a Posit., ὑπερφυεῖ τινι.. ὡς μεγάλῃ βλάβῃ Pl.Grg. 477d
.

b with [comp] Sup., ὡς ἄριστοι τὰς φύσεις Id.Ti. 18d
; ὅπως ὡς βέλτισται ἔσονται Id.Grg. 503a
; ὡς ὅτι βέλτιστον Id.Smp. 218d
.

c separated from the Adj. by a Prep., ὡς ἐς ἐλάχιστον Th.1.63
, cf. D.18.246; ὡς ἐν βραχυτάτοις Antipho 1.18
; ὡς ἐν ἐχυρωτάτῳ ποιεῖσθαι X.Cyr. 1.6.26
, etc.

Ac Relat. and Interrog., how, μερμήριζε.. ὡς Ἀχιλῆα τιμήσειε Il. 2.3
, cf. Pl.R. 365a; ἐβουλεύοντο ὡς.. στήσονται Hdt.3.84
, etc.; οἷα δεῖ λέγειν καὶ ὥς Arist.EN 1128a1
; ὡς πέπραται how, i. e. at what price the goods have been sold, PCair.Zen. 149 (iii B. C.); so οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς .. (for the more usu. ὅπως ) nowise can it be that.., S.Ant. 750; οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς οὐ .., Id.Ph. 196 (anap., Porson for οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ου) ; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; by a mixture of constructions for ὡς χρὴ ποιῆσαι or ὡς ποιήσεις, Id.OT 543, cf. Hermipp.43, Men.916; οἶσθ' ὡς μετεύξει is f.l. in E.Med. 600 ( μέτευξαι Elmsley); similarly, οἶσθα.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς S.OC75
.

2 ὡς ἂν ποήσῃς however ( in whatever way) thou mayest act, Id.Aj. 1369, cf. Pl.Smp. 181a; αὐτῷ ὥς κεν ἅδῃ, τὼς ἔσσεται A.R.3.350
.

Ad Temporal, when, with past tenses of the indic., ἐνῶρτο γέλως.., ὡς ἴδον Il.1.600
: with opt., to express a repeated action, whenever, ὡς.. ἐς τὴν Μιλησίην ἀπίκοιτο Hdt.1.17
: rarely c. subj., to denote what happens under certain conditions, τῶν δὲ ὡς ἕκαστός οἱ μειχθῇ, διδοῖ δῶρον Id.4.172
, cf. 1.132; later, ὡς ἄν c. subj., when, PCair.Zen.251 (iii B. C.), 1 Ep.Cor.11.34, etc.; ὥς κα Berl.Sitzb.1927.170
([place name] Cyrene); ὡς ἂν τάχιστα λάβῃς τὴν ἐπιστολήν as soon as.. PCair.Zen.241.1 (iii B. C.), cf. LXX 1 Ki.9.13, Jo.3.8: in orat. obliq. c. inf., Hdt.1.86, 96, al.: expressed more forcibly by ὡς.. τάχιστα, some word or words being interposed, ὡς γὰρ ἐπετρόπευσε τάχιστα as soon as ever.., Id.1.65; ὡς δὲ ἀφίκετο τάχιστα X.Cyr.1.3.2
: less freq. ὡς τάχιστα stand together, Aeschin.2.22: but this usage must be distd. from signf. Ab.111.1c: folld. by demonstr., ὡς εἶδ', ὣς ἀνεπᾶλτο Il.20.424
; ὡς ἴδεν, ὥς μιν ἔρως πυκινὰς φρένας ἀμφεκάλυψεν 14.294
; also ὡς.., ἔπειτα 3.396
; Κρονίδης ὥς μιν φράσαθ' ὣς ἐόλητο θυμὸν ἀνωΐστοισιν ὑποδμηθεὶς βελέεσσι Κύπριδος Mosch.2.74
; the second ὣς is repeated, ἁ δ' Ἀταλάντα ὡς ἴδεν, ὣς ἐμάνη, ὣς ἐς βαθὺν ἅλατ' ἔρωτα Theoc.3.41
(ὣς = εὐθέως, Sch.vet.), cf. 2.82; in Bion 1.40 the clauses with ὡς all belong to the protasis.

2 ὡς appears to be f.l. for ἕως in ὡς ἂν αὑτὸς ἥλιος.. αἴρῃ S.Ph. 1330
, ὡς ἂν ᾖς οἷόσπερ εἶ Id.Aj. 1117
; cf. ὥσπερ 111.1
: but in later Gr. = ἕως, while, ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε Ev.Jo.12.35
, 36; ὡς καιρὸν ἔχομεν Ep.Gal.6.10
, cf. Epigr.Gr.646a5 (p.529); also until, τίθεται ἐπὶ ἀνθράκων ὡς ἀναξηρανθῇ PLeid.X.89
B.; ἔα ἀφρίζειν τὴν πίσσαν ὡς οὗ ἐκλείπῃ ib.37B.; cf. EM824.43 (conversely ἕως for ὡς final, v. ἕως (B) A. 1.4).

Ae Local, where, in dialects, Theoc.1.13, 5.101, 103, IG9(2).205.4 (Melitea, iii B. C.), SIG685.63, al. (Cretan, ii B. C.), IG12(1).736.5 ([place name] Camirus), GDI5597.8 (Ephesus, iii B. C.).

B [full] ὡς as CONJUNCTION:

I with Substantive clauses, to express a fact, = ὅτι, that.

II with Final clauses, to express an end or purpose, = ἵνα, ὅπως, so that, in order that.

III Consecutive, = ὥστε, so that.

IV Causal, since, because.

I with Substantive Clauses, with verbs of learning, saying, etc., that, expressing a fact, γνωτὸν.., ὡς ἤδη Τρώεσσιν ὀλέθρου πείρατ' ἐφῆπται Il.7.402
, cf. Od.3.194, etc.: in commands, προεῖπεν ὡς μηδεὶς κινήσοιτο X.HG2.1.22
: with Verbs of fear or anxiety, c. [tense] fut. indic., μηκέτ' ἐκφοβοῦ, μητρῷον ὥς σε λῆμ' ἀτιμάσει ποτέ S.El. 1427
, cf. X.Cyr.6.2.30; μὴ φοβοῦ ὡς ἀπορήσεις ib.5.2.12, cf. D.10.36; a sentence beginning with ὡς is sts., when interrupted, resumed by ὅτι, and vice versa, X.Cyr.5.3.30, Pl.R. 470d, Hp.Ma. 281c; so ὡς with a finite Verb passes into the acc. and inf., Hdt.1.70, 8.118: both constructions mixed in the same clause, ἐλογίζετο ὡς.. ἧττον ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐθέλειν .. X.Cyr.8.1.25, cf. HG3.4.27: after primary tenses (incl. historic [tense] pres.) ὡς is folld. by indic., after historic tenses by opt. (sts. by indic., both constructions in ὑπίσχοντο.. ἀμυνέειν, φράζοντες ὡς οὔ σφι περιοπτέη ἐστὶ ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἀπολλυμένη.. ἀλλὰ τιμωρητέον εἴη Hdt.7.168
): sts. c. opt. after a primary tense, κατάπτονται.. λέγοντες ὡς Ἀρίστων.. οὐ φήσειε Id.6.69
, cf. 1.70, Th.1.38, Pl.Chrm. 156b.

2 with Verbs of feeling, χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ, ὥς μευ ἀεὶ μέμνησαι Il.23.648
; ἄχος ἔλλαβ' Ἀχαιοὺς ὡς ἔπεσ' 16.600
.

II with Final Clauses, that, in order that; in this sense ὡς and ὡς ἄν, [dialect] Ep. ὥς κεν, are used with the subj. after primary tenses of the indic., and with the opt. after the past tenses, βουλὴν ὑποθησόμεθ'.., ὡς μὴ πάντες ὄλωνται Il.8.37
; τύμβον χεύαμεν.., ὥς κεν τηλεφανὴς.. εἴη Od. 24.83
; ἡμεῖς δ' ἴωμεν ὡς, ὁπηνίκ' ἂν θεὸς πλοῦν ἡμὶν εἴκῃ, τηνικαυθ' ὁρμώμεθα S.Ph. 464
; [νέας] διηκοσίας περιέπεμπον.. ὡς ἂν μὴ ὀφθείησαν Hdt.8.7
. b. rarely c. [tense] fut. indic., ὡς μὴ ὦν αὐτοὶ τε ἀπολέεσθε (cj. Cobet for ἀπόλεσθε) κἀμὲ τρώσετε, ἐς ἄλλον τινὰ δῆμον ἀποίχεσθε Hecat. 30J.

2 ὡς is also used with past tenses of the indic. to express a purpose which has not been or cannot be fulfilled, τί μ' οὐκ ἔκτεινας, ὡς ἔδειξα μήποτε .. ; so that I never should.., S.OT 1392; ἔδει τὰ ἐνέχυρα λαβεῖν, ὡς μηδ' εἰ ἐβούλετο ἐδύνατο ἐξαπατᾶν X.An. 7.6.23
; cf. ἵνα B. 1.3
, ὅπως B. 1.3
.

3 ὡς c. inf., to limit an assertion, ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκέειν Hdt.6.95
, cf. 2.124; ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ ib.53; or ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, cf. ἔπος 11.4
; ὡς συντόμως, or ὡς συνελόντι εἰπεῖν to speak shortly, to be brief, X.Oec.12.19, Mem.3.8.10; ὡς εἰκάσαι to make a guess, i.e. probably, Hdt.1.34, etc.; ὡς μικρὸν μεγάλῳ εἰκάσαι Th.4.36
(so without ὡς, οὐ πολλῷ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν Hdt. 1.61
), v. supr. Ab. 11.1, 2.

III to express Consequence, like ὥστε, so that, freq. in Hdt., εὖρος ὡς δύο τριήρεας πλέειν ὁμοῦ in breadth such that two triremes could sail abreast, Hdt.7.24; ὑψηλὸν οὕτω.., ὡς τὰς κορυφὰς αὐτοῦ οὐκ οἷά τε εἶναι ἰδέσθαι 4.184
; so in Trag. and Prose, A.Pers. 437, al., S.OT84, X.An.3.5.7, etc.; ἀπέχοντας ἀπ' ἀλλάλων ὡς ἦμεν Ϝικατίπεδον ἄντομον Tab.Heracl.1.75
; οὕτως.. ὡς ὁμολογεῖν Jul.Or.5.164d
; ὡς καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας λανθάνειν PHolm. 9.13
; also, like ὥστε, with Indic., οὕτω κλεινὴ ἐγένετο, ὡς.. ἐξέμαθον Hdt.2.135
, cf. S.Tr. 590, X.HG4.1.33.

2 ἢ ὡς after a [comp] Comp., μάσσον' ἢ ὡς ἰδέμεν Pi.O.13.113
; μαλακώτεροι.. ἢ ὡς κάλλιον αὐτοῖς Pl.R. 410d
; cf. ὥστε B. 1.2
: with words implying comparison, ὀλίγοι ἐσμὲν ὡς ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι αὐτῶν too few to.., X.Cyr.4.5.15, γραῦς εἶ, ὦ Ἐλπινίκη, ὡς τηλικαῦτα διαπράττεσθαι πράγματα too old to.. Stesimbr. 5J.

3 ὡς is sts. omitted where the antecedent demonstrative is expressed, οὕτω ἰσχυραί, μόγις ἂν διαρρήξειας so strong, you could hardly break them, Hdt.3.12; ῥώμη σώματος τοιήδε, ἀεθλοφόροι τε ἀμφότεροι ἦσαν Id.1.31
.

IV Causal, inasmuch as, since, τί ποτε λέγεις, ὦ τέκνον; ὡς οὐ μανθάνω S.Ph. 914
, cf. E.Ph. 843, 1077, Ar.Ra. 278: c. opt., μὴ καὶ λάθῃ με προσπεσών· ὡς μᾶλλον ἂν ἕλοιτο μ' ἢ τοὺς πάντας Ἀργείους λαβεῖν S.Ph.46
.

2 on the ground that.., c. [tense] fut. indic., Lys.30.27.

C [full] ὡς before

I Participles;

II Prepositions; and

III ὡς itself as a Preposition.

I with Participles in the case of the Subject, to mark the reason or motive of the action, as if, as, ὡς οὐκ ἀΐοντι ἐοικώς Il.23.430
(v. infr. G); ἀγανακτοῦσιν ὡς μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερημένοι (i. e. ἡγούμενοι μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερῆσθαι), Pl.R. 329a: most freq. c. part. [tense] fut., διαβαίνει.., ὡς ἀμήσων τὸν σῖτον Hdt.6.28
, cf. 91; παρεσκευάζοντο ὡς πολεμήσοντες Th.2.7
, etc.; δηλοῖς ὥς τι σημανῶν νέον S.Ant. 242
; ὡς τεθνήξων ἴσθι νυνί Ar.Ach. 325
(troch.): in questions, παρὰ Πρωταγόραν νῦν ἐπιχειρεῖς ἰέναι, ὡς παρὰ τίνα ἀφιξόμενος; Pl.Prt. 311b
; ὡς τί δὴ θέλων; E.IT 557
; with vbs. of knowing, ἐπιστάσθω Κροῖσος ὡς ὕστερον.. ἁλοὺς τῆς πεπρωμένης Hdt.1.91
; ὡς μὴ 'μπολήσων ἴσθι .. S.Ant. 1063.

2 with Participles in oblique cases, λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας they speak of us as dead, A.Ag. 672; ὡς μηδὲν εἰδότ' ἴσθι μ' ὧν ἀνιστορεῖς S.Ph. 253
; τὸν ἐκβαίνοντα κολάζουσιν ὡς παρανομοῦντα Pl.R. 338e
; ἵνα μὴ ἀγανακτῇ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ ὡς δεινὰ πάσχοντος Id.Phd. 115e
, cf. Hdt.5.85, 9.54; νῦν δέ σου τὰ ἔργα φανερὰ γεγένηται οὐχ ὡς ἀνιωμένου ἀλλ' ὡς ἡδομένου τοῖς γιγνομένοις Lys.12.32
; κτύπος φωτὸς ὡς τειρομένου < του> S.Ph. 202
(lyr.); ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο, ὡς, ὅταν ἐξέλθωσιν, ἢ οὐχ ὑπομενοῦντας σφᾶς ἢ ῥᾳδίως ληψόμενοι βίᾳ made light of the matter, in the belief that.., Th.4.5.—Both constructions in one sentence, τοὺς κόσμους εἴασε χαίρειν ὡς ἀλλοτρίους τε ὄντας καὶ πλέον θάτερον ἡγησάμενος ἀπεργάζεσθαι Pl.Phd. 114e
, cf. X.Cyr.1.5.9.

3 with Parts. put abs. in gen., νῦν δέ, ὡς οὕτω ἐχόντων, στρατιὴν ἐκπέμπετε Hdt.8.144
; ἐρώτα ὅτι βούλει, ὡς τἀληθῆ ἐροῦντος X.Cyr.3.1.9
; ὡς ὧδ' ἐχόντων τῶνδ' ἐπίστασθαί σε χρή S.Aj. 281
, cf. 904, A.Pr. 760, E.Med. 1311, Th.7.15, X.An.1.3.6: so also in acc., μισθὸν αἰτοῦσιν, ὡς οὐχὶ αὐτοῖσιν ὠφελίαν ἐσομένην ἐκ τοῦ ἄρχειν Pl.R. 345e
, cf. E.Ph. 1461: with both cases in one sentence, ὡς καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων προσδοκίμων ὄντων ἄλλῃ στρατιᾷ καὶ.. διαπεπολεμησόμενον Th.7.25
, cf. Pl.R. 604b.

II ὡς before Preps., ἀνήγοντο ὡς ἐπὶ ναυμαχίαν (v.l. -ίᾳ) Th.1.48, cf. X. HG2.1.22; φρύγανα συλλέγοντες ὡς ἐπὶ πῦρ Id.An.4.3.11
; κατέλαβε τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ὡς ἐπὶ τυραννίδι, expressing the purpose, Th.1.126; ἀπέπλεον.. ὡς ἐς τὰς Ἀθήνας Id.6.61
; πλεῖς ὡς πρὸς οἶκον S.Ph.58
; τὸ βούλευμ' ὡς ἐπ' Ἀργείοις τόδ' ἦν Id.Aj.44
: in these passages ὡς marks an intention; not so in the following: ἀπαγγέλλετε τῇ μητρὶ [χαίρειν] ὡς παρ' ἐμοῦ X.Cyr.8.7.28
; also ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς πομπῆς Pl.R. 327c
; ὡς ἐκ κακῶν ἐχάρη Hdt.8.101
.

b later, in geographical expressions, of direction, προϊών, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν Πηνειόν Str.9.5.8
, cf. 13.1.22; ὡς πρὸς ἕω βλέπων Id.8.6.1
, cf. 7.6.2; ὡς εἰς Φηραίαν (leg. Ἡραίαν) ἰόντων Id.8.3.32
.

III ὡς as a Prep., prop. in cases where the object is a person, not a place: once in Hom., ὡς αἰεὶ τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει θεὸς ὡς τὸν ὁμοῖον Od.17.218
(v.l. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον, cf. αἶνος Ὁμηρικός, αἰὲν ὁμοῖον ὡς θεός.. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει Call.Aet.1.1.10
; ἔρχεται.. ἕκαστον τὸ ὅμοιον ὡς τὸ ὅ., τὸ πυκνὸν ὡς τὸ πυκνόν κτλ. (with v.l. ἐς) Hp.Nat.Puer.17), but possibly ὡς.. ὥς as.. so, in Od. l.c.; also in Hdt., ἐσελθεῖν ὡς τὴν θυγατέρα 2.121
.έ: freq. in [dialect] Att., ὡς Ἆγιν ἐπρεσβεύσαντο Th.8.5
, etc.; ἀφίκετο ὡς Περδίκκαν καὶ ἐς τὴν Χαλκιδικήν Id.4.79
; ἀπέπλευσαν ἐς Φώκαιαν.. ὡς Ἀστύοχον Id.8.31
; ναῦς ἐς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὡς Φαρνάβαζον ἀποπέμπειν ib.39; ὡς ἐκεῖνον πλέομεν ὥσπερ πρὸς δεσπότην Isoc. 4.121
; the examples of ὡς with names of places are corrupt, e.g. ὡς τὴν Μίλητον Th.8.36
(ἐς cod. Vat.); ὡς Ἄβυδον one Ms. in Id.8.103; ὡς τὸ πρόσθεν Ar.Ach. 242
: in S.OT 1481 ὡς τὰς ἀδελφὰς.. τὰς ἐμὰς χέρας is equiv. to ὡς ἐμὲ τὸν ἀδελφόν; in Id.Tr. 366 δόμους ὡς τούσδε house = household.

D [full] ὡς in independent sentences:

I as an exclamation, how, mostly with Advbs. and Adjs., ὡς ἄνοον κραδίην ἔχες how silly a heart hadst thou! Il.21.441; ὡς ἀγαθὸν καὶ παῖδα λιπέσθαι how good is it.., Od.3.196, cf. 24.194; φρονεῖν ὡς δεινόν S.OT 316
; ὡς ἀστεῖος ὁ ἄνθρωπος how charming he is! Pl.Phd. 116d; ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ἔργα σου, Κύριε LXX Ps.91(92).6
, 103(104).24; in indirect clauses, ἐθαύμασα τοῦτο, ὡς ἡδέως.. ἀπεδέξατο marvelled at seeing how.., Pl. Phd. 89a.

2 with Verbs, ὥς μοι δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ αἰεί how constantly.., Il.19.290, cf. 21.273; ὡς οὐκ ἔστι χάρις μετόπισθ' εὐεργέων how little thanks remain! Od.22.319; ὡς ὄχλος νιν.. ἀμφέπει see how.., E.Ph. 148; ὡς ὑπερδέδοικά σου how greatly.., S.Ant.82; so perh. ὡς οἰμώξεται Ar.Ra. 279
; ὡς ἅπανθ' ὑμῖν τυραννίς ἐστι Id.V. 488
(troch.).

II to mark a wish, oh that! c. opt. alone, ὡς ἔρις.. ἀπόλοιτο Il.18.107
; ὡς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος Od.1.47
, cf. S.El. 126 (lyr.); also ὡς ἄν or κε with opt., ὡς ἂν ἔπειτ' ἀπὸ σεῖο οὐκ ἐθέλοιμι λείπεσθαι Il.9.444
; ὥς κέ οἱ αὖθι γαῖα χάνοι 6.281
.

2 joined with other words of wishing, ὡς ὤφελες αὐτόθ' ὀλέσθαι 3.428
; ὡς δὴ μὴ ὄφελον νικᾶν Od.11.548
.

E [full] ὡς with numerals marks that they are to be taken only as a round number, as it were, about, nearly, σὺν ἀνθρώποις ὡς εἴκοσι X.An.3.3.5
; also ὡς πέντε μάλιστά κῃ about five (v. μάλα 111.5
), Hdt.7.30:—also with words compounded with numerals, δέπας.. ὡς τριλάγυνον Stesich.7
; παῖς ὡς ἑπτέτης of some seven years, Pl. Grg. 471c; δρέπανα ὡς διπήχη X.Cyr.6.1.30
, cf. An.5.4.12; cf. ὡσεί 111
.

F [full] ὡς in some elliptical (or apparently elliptical) phrases:

1 ὡς τί δὴ τόδε (sc. γένηται); to what end? E.Or. 796 (troch.); cf. ἵνα B.11.3c
.

2 know that (sc. ἴσθι) , ὡς ἔστιν ἀνδρὸς τοῦδε τἄργα ταῦτά σοι S.Aj.39
; ὡς τοῦτό γ' ἔρξας δύο φέρει δωρήματα Id.Ph. 117
; ὡς τῆσδ' ἑκοῦσα παιδὸς οὐ μεθήσομαι E.Hec. 400
, cf. Med. 609, Ph. 720; ὡς τάχ' οὐκέθ' αἱματηρὸν.. ἀργήσει ξίφος ib. 625 (troch.); so in Com., ὡς ἔστ' ἐν ἡμῖν τῆς πόλεως τὰ πράγματα Ar.Lys.32
, cf. 499 (anap.), Ach. 333 (troch.), Nu. 209; also ἀλλ' ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ τείχους πάρεστιν ἄγγελος οὐδείς Id.Av. 1119
.

3 ὡς ἕκαστος, ἕκαστοι, each severally (whether in respect of time, place, or other difference), ξυνελέγοντο.. Κορίνθιοι δισχίιοι ὁπλῖται, οἱ δ' ἄλλοι ὡς ἕκαστοι, Φλειάσιοι δὲ πανστρατιᾷ Th.5.57
, cf. 1.107, 113; πρώτη τε αὕτη πόλις ξυμμαχὶς παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἐδουλώθη, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἑκάστη [ξυνέβη] (ξ. secl. Krüger: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἐδουλώθη Sch.l.c.) Id.1.98; ἄλλοι τε παριόντες ἐγκλήματα ἐποιοῦντο ὡς ἕκαστοι ib.67, cf. 7.65; χρησμολόγοι τε ᾖδον χρησμοὺς παντοίους, ὧν ἀκροᾶσθαι ὡς ἕκαστος ὥρμητο, i. e. different persons ran to listen to different prophecies, Id.2.21; τὰς ἄλλας ὡς ἑκάστην ποι ἐκπεπτωκυῖαν ἀναδησάμενοι ἐκόμιζον ἐς τὴν πόλιν they made fast to the rest wherever each (ship) had been run ashore, Id.7.74; οἱ δ' οὖν ὡς ἕκαστοι Ἕλληνες κατὰ πόλεις τε ὅσοι ἀλλήλων ξυνίεσαν καὶ ξύμπαντες ὕστερον κληθέντες οὐδὲν πρὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν.. ἁθρόοι ἔπραξαν the various peoples that were later called by the common name of Greeks, Id.1.3; ὡς ἑκάστῳ ἔργον προστάσσων Hdt.1.114
; ὡς ἑκάστην ( one by one) αἱρέοντες (sc. τὰς νήσους) οἱ βάρβαροι ἐσαγήνευον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους Id.6.31
, cf. 79; ὡς ἑκασταχόσε D.C.41.9
, al.; rarely with a Verb, ὡς ἕκαστος ἀπικνέοιτο Hdt.1.29
, cf. Th.6.2: later ὡς follows ἕκαστος, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως Ep.Rom.12.3
:—for the etymology v. infr. H; also ὡς ἑκάτεροι Th.3.74
(v. infr. H).

G [full] ὡς pleonast. in ὡς ὅτι D.H. 9.14
, 2 Ep.Cor.11.21, Sch.A Il.1.264, 129, 396, 3.280, AP9.530, dub.l. in Str.15.1.57.

H Etymology: this word is in origin five distinct words: (1) ὡς 'as' is the Adv. fr. the Relat. ὅς (I.-E. stem yo-); with ὡς βέλτιστος cf. Skt. yācchrē[snull ][tnull ]á[hudot ] 'the best possible': (2) ὧς ' thus' is the Adv. of a Demonstr. stem so- found in Skt. sa, Gr. ὁ, Lat. sō-c (Gloss. = ita, cf. Umbr. esoc); (3) ὡς postpositive (ὄρνιθες ὥς, etc.) constantly makes a preceding short closed syll. long in Hom., and must therefore have been ϝως; it may perh. be related to Skt. vā, a form of va, iva ( = (1) or (2) like), Lat. ve, Gr. ἦ[ϝ] ε; (4) ὡς prep. 'to' is of doubtful origin (perh. fr. Ως, cogn. with Lat. ōs 'face', Skt. ās: Ως τινα ἐλθεῖν like τί δέ δε φρένας ἵκετο πένθος;); (5) ὡς F.3 is prob. ϝως, Adv. of ϝός the reflexive Adj., and means lit. in his (their) own way (or place); it is idiomatically placed before ἕκαστος ([etym.] ἑκάτερος), cf. ϝὸν ϝεκάτερος Leg.Gort.1.18
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὡς
16 αὐτός

αὐτός (Cret. [full] ἀϝτός GDI4976, al.), αὐτή, αὐτό (also

A αὐτόν Leg.Gort. 3.4
, al.), reflexive Pron., self:—in oblique cases used for the personal Pron., him, her, it:—with Art., ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc., the very one, the same.

I self, myself, thyself, etc., acc. to the person of the Verb: freq. joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (v. infr. 10),

1 one's true self, the soul, not the body, Od.11.602; reversely, body, not soul, Il.1.4; oneself, as opp. others who are less prominent, as king to subject, 6.18; Zeus to other gods, 8.4; bird to young, 2.317; man to wife and children, Od.14.265; warrior to horses, Il.2.466, or to weapons, 1.47; shepherd to herd, Od.9.167, cf. Il.1.51; Trojans to allies, 11.220; seamen to ships, 7.338: generally, whole to parts, ib. 474; so later ἡ σίδη καὶ αὐτὴ καὶ τὰ φύλλα Thphr.HP4.10.7
, cf. X.Ath.1.19, Pl.Grg. 511e, etc.; αὐτή τε Μανδάνη καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα X.Cyr.1.3.1
; αὐ. τε καὶ τὰ ποιήματα βουλόμενος ἐπιδεῖξαι Pl.R. 398a
: abs., the Master, as in the Pythag. phrase Αὐτὸς ἔφα, Lat. Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος.. ;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, Ar.Nu. 218; ἀναβόησον Αὐτόν ib. 219;
ἀνοιγέτω τις δώματ'· Αὐτὸς ἔρχεται
the Master, Id.Fr. 268
, cf. Pl.Prt. 314d, Thphr.Char.2.4, Men.Sam.41: αὐ. ἀϋτεῖ Theoc.24.50
: neut., αὐτὸ σημανεῖ the result will show, E.Ph. 623; αὐτὸ δηλώσει D.19.157
; αὐτὰ δηλοῖ Pl.Prt. 329b
; αὐτὸ διδάξει ib. 324a; esp. αὐτὸ δείξει Cratin. 177
, Pl.Hp.Ma. 288b, cf. Tht. 200e; in full, τάχ' αὐτὸ δείξει τοὔργον S.Fr. 388
; τοὔργον τάχ' αὐτὸ δείξει Ar.Lys. 375
; redupl., αὐτός θ' ὁ χρήσας αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ μαρτυρῶν A.Eu. 798
; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under.., Il.13.615; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, Lys.12.12; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, X. An.4.7.7; αὐτὸ ὃ μάλιστα ἔδει ῥηθῆναι Pl.R. 362d
; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, Th.2.3; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, X.Mem. 4.5.7; αὐτὰ τὰ χρήσιμα καὶ ἀναγκαῖα D.H.Th.23
; even, οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης Il.6.451
; εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν 2.597
.—In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the Art. and Subst., or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Art. is sts. omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals, αὐτὸς Μένων X.An.2.1.5
; αὐτὸς βασιλεύς ib.1.7.11.

2 of oneself, of one's own accord, ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτω Il.17.254
; σπεύδοντα καὶ αὐτὸν ὀτρύνεις 8.293
; καταπαύσομεν· οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ παυέσθων Od.2.168
; ἥξει γὰρ αὐτά S.OT 341
; also, in person, τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν.. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέον D.1.2
.

3 by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, Il.8.99; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ', i.e. without a mother, 5.880, cf. Hes.Th. 924;
ἀνακομισθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐς Φάληρον
by himself, Hdt.5.85
; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, Ar.Ach. 504, cf. Th. 472, Pl.Prm. 137b, Herod.6.70, Plu.2.755c, Luc. DDeor.10.2; αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀνδράσι.. ἢ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις X.An.2.3.7
; ἄνευ τοῦ σίτου τὸ ὄψον αὐτὸ ἐσθίειν Id.Mem.3.14.3
; τὸν τρίβωνα ὃν αὐτὸν φορεῖ Thphr.Char.22.13
(prob.); αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, Emp.21.13, al.: strengthd., αὐτὸς κτήσατο οἶος himself alone, Od.14.450; αὐτὸς μόνος, v. μόνος II; αὐτὸς καθ' αὑτόν, v. ἑαυτοῦ.

4 in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea, δίκαιον αὐτό Pl.Phd. 65d
; αὐτὸ τὸ ἕν Id.Prm. 143a
, al., cf. Arist. Metaph. 997b8: neut., αὐτό is freq. in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders, οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ' αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσεις Pl.R. 363a
; less freq. with Art., τί ποτ' ἐστὶν αὐτὸ ἡ ἀρετή Id.Prt. 360e
; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ οὔ; Id.Smp. 199d; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, ibid.e: later, in compos., αὐτοαγαθόν, αὐτοάνθρωπος, etc. (q. v.), cf. Arist.Metaph. 1040b33; less freq. agreeing with the Subst., ἵνα αὐτὴ δικαιοσύνη πρὸς ἀδικίαν αὐτὴν κριθείη Pl.R. 612c
, etc.; doubled,
ἐκ τῆς εἰκόνος μανθάνειν αὐτήν τε αὐτήν, εἰ καλῶς εἴκασται
its very self, Id.Cra. 439a
.

5 in dat. with Subst., in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, Il.9.194; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all, 14.498, cf. Od.13.118; αὐτῷ σὺν ἄγγει E. Ion 32
, cf. Hipp. 1213; also without σύν, αὐτῇ κεν γαίῃ ἐρύσαι Il.8.24
: so freq. in Prose and Poetry, αὐτοῖς ἀνδράσι men and all, Hdt.6.93; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, A.Pr. 223 (lyr.); αὐτοῖς μελάθροις διακναιομένους E.Med. 164
: with Art., αὐτοῖσι τοῖσι ἱματίοισι ἀπ' ὦν ἔβαψε ἑωυτόν Hdt.2.47
; αὐτοῖσι τοῖς πόρπαξι Ar.Eq. 849
, etc.; αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἵπποις κατακρημνισθῆναι X.Cyr.1.4.7
.

6 added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, Th.1.46, cf. 8.35, X.HG2.2.17, Apoc.17.11, etc.:— αὐτός always being the chief person.

7 freq. coupled with οὗτος, τοῦτ' αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθέν Pl.Plt. 267c
, etc.; αὐτὸ τοῦτο μόνον Id.Grg. 500b
; also λεγόντων ἄλλο μὲν οὐδέν.. αὐτὰ δὲ τάδε Th.1.139
; πόλεις ἄλλας τε καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ Βυζάντιον X.An.7.1.27
; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα .. Pl.Prt. 310e.

8 καὶ αὐτός himself too, Od.7.73, 14.45, X.An.5.5.9, etc.

9 repeated in apodosi for emphasis, αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν.. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσεν Lys.12.68
, cf. A.Fr. 350, X.An.3.2.4.

10 in connexion with the person. Pron., ἐγὼν αὐτός Od.2.194
; σέθεν αὐτοῦ Il.23.312
; νωΐτερον αὐτῶν 15.39
(always divisim in Hom.); folld. by an enclit. Pron., αὐτόν μιν Od.4.244
; so αὐτὸν γάρ σε δεῖ Προμηθέως A.Pr.86
; also αὐτὸς ἔγωγε Pl.Phd. 59b
, etc.:— after Hom. in the oblique cases αὐτός coalesces with the Pron., ἐμαυτοῦ, σεαυτοῦ (these not in Alc. or Sapph., A.D.Pron.80.10 sqq.), ἑαυτοῦ, etc. (q. v.).

b with person. Pron. omitted, αὐτός.. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, Il.13.252; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν, 24.503; αὐτῶν γὰρ ἀπωλόμεθ' ἀφραδίῃσιν Od.10.27
; in 2.33 οἱ αὐτῷ is simply a strengthd. form of οἱ; and so in [dialect] Att., when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc., are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. Pron., cf. X.Cyr.6.2.25 with 6.1.14.

c with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc., to add force and definiteness, αὐτὸς καθ' αὑτοῦ A.Th. 406
; αὐτοὶ ὑφ' αὑτῶν ib. 194; αὐτοὶ καθ' αὑτούς X.Mem.3.5.4
; αὐτὸ καθ' αὑτό Pl.Tht. 201e
; sts. between the Art. and reflex. Pron., τοῖς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πήμασιν βαρύνεται A.Ag. 836
, cf. Pr. 762; τούς γ' αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πολεμίους S.Aj. 1132
: also κατ' αὐτὺ ([dialect] Boeot. for αὐτοὶ) αὐτῶν IG7.3172.121
(Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.).

d αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν with possess. Pron., πατρὸς κλέος ἠδ' ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ Il.6.446
; θρῆνον.. ἐμὸν τὸν αὐτῆς A.Ag. 1323
; ἐχθρὸς ὢν τοῖς σοῖσιν αὐτοῦ S.OT 416
; τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ ib. 1248; αὐτῶν σφετέρῃσιν ἀτασθαλίῃσιν Od.1.7
; τοῖς ἡμετέροις αὐτῶν φίλοις X.An. 7.1.29
.

e αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ with [comp] Comp. and [comp] Sup. Adj., αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ῥέει πολλῷ ὑποδεέστερος Hdt.2.25
; τῇ εὐρυτάτη ἐστὶ αὐτὴ ἑωυτῆς Id.1.203
.

11 αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, Il.12.225, Od.8.107, 16.138, Pi.N.5.1 (never in Trag.), and in later Prose, αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις IG 14.966
(ii A. D.), cf. Ev.Luc.23.12.

12 [comp] Comp. αὐτότερος Epich.5
: [comp] Sup.
αὐτότατος
his very self, Ar.Pl.83
: neut. pl. αὐτότατα dub. in Phld.Piet.80. Adv., [comp] Comp. αὐτοτέρως Gal.18(2).431
.

II he, she, it, for the simple Pron. of 3 pers., only in oblique cases (exc. in later Gk., Ev.Luc.4.15, etc.), and rarely first in a sentence, Pl.La. 194e, and later, Ep.Eph.2.10, etc.: rare in [dialect] Ep., Il. 12.204 (where Hdn. treated it as enclitic), and mostly emphatic, ib.14.457, Od.16.388; so in Trag., E.Hel. 421: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence, ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα.. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι X.An.2.4.7
; πειράσομαι τῷ πάππῳ.. συμμαχεῖν αὐτῷ Id.Cyr.1.3.15
; ἄνδρα δὴ.. εἰ ἀφίκοιτο εἰς τὴν πόλιν, προσκυνοῖμεν ἂν αὐτόν Pl.R. 398a
; after a Relative, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται.. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Il.1.218
; οὓς μὴ εὕρισκον, κενοτάφιον αὐτοῖς ἐποίησαν X.An.6
. 4.9, cf. 1.9.29; esp. where a second Verb requires a change of case in the Pron., οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι.. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι Id.An.2.5.27
; ἐκεῖνοι οἷς οὐκ ἐχαρίζονθ' οἱ λέγοντες οὐδ' ἐφίλουν αὐτούς D.3.24
; in subdivisions, ὅσοι.. οἱ μὲν αὐτῶν.. X.Cyr.1.1.1
, cf. Pl.Chrm. 168e; later, pleonastically after a Relative, ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶν Call.Epigr.43
, cf. Ev.Luc.3.16, Apoc.7.2, etc.: in S.Ph. 316 αὐτοῖς is emphatic 'in their own persons'.

III with Art. ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and [dialect] Att. [var] contr. αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre, cf. S.OT 734 with 325, and in Prose to avoid hiatus): gen. ταὐτοῦ, dat. ταὐτῷ, pl. neut. ταὐτά; [dialect] Ion. ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in Hom., Il. 6.391, Od.7.55, 326; ὁ αὐ. εἰμι τῇ γνώμῃ Th.3.38
, cf. 5.75; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c. dat., to denote sameness or agreement, esp. in Prose, τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομεν Hdt.4.119
; τὸν αὐτὸν χῶρον ἐκλιπὼν ἐμοί A.Ch. 543
; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, Pl. Euthd. 298a; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with.., X.An.3.1.27; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one, ib.30, cf. A.Ch. 210; κατὰ ταὐτὰ τῷ Νείλῳ Hdt.2.20
; τῇ αὐτῇ.. καί Id.4.109
; τὴν αὐτὴν διάνοιαν καὶ κατ' ἐκείνην ἡλικίαν Isoc.5.83
; ὁ αὐτός.. ὥσπερ Pl.Phd. 86a
;
ἐς ταὐτὸν ἀλλήλοις
face to face, Jul.Or.2.5a0
.

2 in later Greek, the said, the above-named, Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ. PLille23.8
(iii B. C.), etc.

IV Adverbial phrases:

1 αὐτὸ μόνον
simply, merely, Ph. 2.252
, etc.; αὐ. μόνον ἐργάτης Luc.Somn.9
; αὐ. μόνον τὸ ὄνομα τῆς φωνῆς A.D.Synt.22.20
.

2 αὐτό as Adv., = ἄρτι, Epigr.Gr.540.1 ([place name] Thrace).

3 αὐτὸ τοῦτο as Adv., PGrenf.1.114 (ii B. C.), 2 Ep.Pet. 1.5; τῆς αὐτὸ τοῦτο κινουμένης σφαίρας Iamb. Comm.Math.17
.

4 with Preps.,
ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό
added together, making a total, PLond.2.196.37
(ii A. D.);
κατὰ τὸ αὐτό
together, at the same time, Act.Ap. 14.1
, etc.; but
κατ' αὐτό
just then, Hdn.1.12.3
.

V In Compos.:

1 of or by oneself, self-.., as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος.

2 hence, as a second self, very.., bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς.

3 in the abstract, the ideal, v. supr.1.4.

4 precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα.

5 rarely with reflex. sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω.

6 in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος.

7 by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc., v. the respective Arts.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > αὐτός
17 τέλειος

τέλειος and [full] τέλεος, α, ον, in Trag., [dialect] Att., and [dialect] Dor.also ος, ον, A.Eu. 382 (lyr.), Pl.Phlb. 67a, Arist.EN 1153b16, SIG265 (Delph., iv B.C.), etc.: the form τέλειος is alone used by Hom., neither form in Hes.; τέλεος is alone used by Hdt., exc. in 9.110; in Trag. and [dialect] Att. both forms occur; [dialect] Att. Inscrr. up to the end of iii B.C. have only τέλεος, IG 12.76.39, al., and τέλεος, τελέως, τελεῶ are recommended by Thom. Mag.p.358R.; τέλειος first in IG22.2314.51, al. (early ii B.C.), freq. in Papyri (PCair.Zen.429.13, al. (iii B.C.), etc.), but the neut. used as Adv. is sts. τέλεον ( BGU903.12 (ii A.D.), etc.,

A τέλειον POxy.707.31
(ii A.D.), etc.): the form [full] τέλεως, acc. τέλεων, with pl. τέλεῳ, is found in SIG1025.61, 1026.14 (Cos, iv/iii B.C.), dub. in Schwyzer 734 ([place name] Zeleia ) and Herod.7.20: the form [full] τέληον in GDI 4963 ([place name] Crete): ([etym.] τέλος):— perfect, of victims, entire, without spot or blemish, ἀρνῶν αἰγῶν τε τελείων Il.1.66
, cf. 24.34; βοτὸν τ. Riv.Fil.56.265 ([place name] Cyrene); τὸνς ϝεξήκοντα τελέονς ὄϝινς (acc. pl.) SIG56.30 (Argos, v. B.C.); of sacrifices, ἱερὰ τ. perfect, of full tale or number, or performed with all rites, Th.5.47, Lexap.And.1.97, D.59.60; τελέους ἀεὶ τελετὰς τελούμενος τέλεος ὄντως.. γίγνεται Pl.Phdr. 249c
; in Il.8.247, 24.315, αἰετὸς τελειότατος πετεηνῶν is prob. the surest bird of augury (cf. τελήεις).

b in Dialects, = κύριος, fully constituted, valid, ἐν ἀγορᾷ τελείῳ Schwyzer 324.1
(Delph., iv B.C.), SIG265 (ibid.), etc.; ἀλιαίᾳ ἔδοξε τελείᾳ ib.594.3 (Mycenae, ii B.C.); authoritative, final, ἁ δέ κα ϝράτρα ἁ δαμοσία τελεία εἴε ¯ δικάδο ¯ σα Schwyzer412
([place name] Elis); τὸ θέθμιον.. τέλεον εἶμεν IG9(1).334.47
([dialect] Locr., v B.C.); so in Trag., τελεία ψῆφος a final decision, A.Supp. 739, S.Ant. 632.

2 of animals, full-grown, τέλεον νεαροῖς ἐπιθύσας A.Ag. 1504
(anap., and so perh. αἶγες τ. in Il. ll.cc.); ἐπ' οὗ θύεται τὰ τ. τῶν προβάτων, opp. γαλαθηνά, Hdt.1.183, cf. SIG1015.31 (Halic.), Pherecr.44, PCair.Zen.429.13, al. (iii B.C.), Sammelb.5277.5 (iii A.D.), etc.; τ. ζῷον defined in Gal.7.677; as Subst., τέλειον καὶ δέκα ἄρνες SIG1024.35
(Myconus, iii/ii B.C.); τ. ἵππος, opp. πῶλος, Pl.Lg. 834c; τ. ἅρμα a chariot drawn by horses, opp. ἅρμα πωλικόν, CIG2758 111.D2 ([place name] Aphrodisias), SIG840 (Olympia, ii A.D.), Luc.Tim.50; τελέᾳ συνωρίδι IG5(2).549.2
, al. (Arc., iv B.C.); τελέῳ τεθρίππῳ ib.5; κέλητι τελέῳ ib.550.29; κέλητι τελείῳ ib.7.1772.14, cf. 16; of trees, Thphr.CP3.7.5, POxy.909.18 (iii A.D.); εἰκὼν τελεία life-sized, GDI4942b7 (Crete, ii B.C.); of a torsionengine, full-sized, opp. to the model of one, Ph.Bel.55.30: of human beings, full-grown, adult, Pl.Lg. 929c, X.Cyr.1.2.4, 12, 14, BGU1100.10 (i B.C.), POxy.485.30 (ii A.D.), Sor.1.10, al.

b married, τέλειοι οἱ γεγαμηκότες Paus.Gr.Fr.306
; Ἥρα Τελεία is so expld. at Stymphalus, Paus.8.22.2, cf. Aristocl.Hist.5 (ap.Sch.Theoc.15.64); v. infr. 11.

3 of persons, accomplished, perfect in his kind, in relation to quality, Isoc. 12.32,242; ἱστοριῶν συγγραφέα τέλειον Supp.Epigr.1.400
(Samos, ii A.D.); τ. σοφιστής Pl.Cra. 403e
; τ. εἴς τι Id.Phdr. 269e
([comp] Sup.); κατὰ πάντα Id.Ti. 30d
; πρός τι Id.Lg. 647d
, 678b, Isoc.12.9, etc.; ἔν τινι Id.Ep.4.3
([comp] Sup.); οἱ τ. δογματικοί Gal.15.60
; but ἡ τελεία μαῖα the trained or qualified midwife, distd. from ἡ ἀρίστη (the trained and experienced midwife), Sor.1.4.

b of things, φάρμακον τελεώτατον Pl.Criti. 106b
; τ. ἀρετή, φιλία, etc., Arist.EN 1129b30, 1156b34, al.; of a syllogism in the [ per.] 1st figure, the other figures being ἀτελεῖς, Id.APr. 27a1, etc.; τὸ τελεώτατον ἐκεῖνο γυμνάσιον, ὂ δὴ καὶ κατασκευὴν ὀνομάζουσι Gal.6.169
, cf. 208: even of evils, τ. νόσημα a serious, dangerous illness, Hp.Prorrh.2.30; τελειοτάτη κακία Gal.16.500
; ἀδικία τελέα, τελεωτάτη, absolute, Pl.R. 348b, 344a; συνθέσεις λευκὰς τελείας δέκα τρεῖς thirteen complete white suits, PHamb.10.14 (ii A.D.); τ. ἀποζυγή complete divorce, PGrenf. 2.76.19 (iv A.D.); ὕνις τελεία, κράβακτος ξύλινος τ., etc., PTeb.406.19, al. (iii A.D.); of land, fully inundated, opp. ἀβροχικός, PMasp. 107.13, al. (vi A.D.), prob. in PFlor.286.23 (vi A.D.).

4 of prayers, vows, etc., fulfilled, accomplished, εὐχωλαί Pi.Fr.122.15
; τέλειον ἐπ' εὐχᾷ ἐσλόν Id.P.9.89
; τελεία γένεος Οἰδίπου τ' ἀρά A.Th. 832
(lyr.); μὰ τὴν τ. τῆς ἐμῆς παιδὸς Δίκην Id.Ag. 1432
; τέλεα εὔγματα Ar. Th. 353
(lyr.); of omens or predictions, ὄψις ὀνείρου οὐ τελέη a vision which imported nothing, Hdt.1.121; τ. σύμβολον h.Merc. 526
(s. v.l.); τ. τὸ ἐνύπνιον ἀποτετέλεσται Pl.R. 443b
.

5 of numbers, full, complete, τελέους ἑπτὰ μῆνας Ar.Lys. 104
; τ. ἐνιαυτός the great year, Pl. Ti. 39d.

b in Arithm., of perfectnumbers, which are equal to the sum of their divisors, as 6 = 3+2+1; 28 = 14+7+4+2+1, Id.R. 546b, Euc.7 Def.23, Theo Sm.p.45 H., Nicom.Ar.1.16:—but 9 is τ. ὅτι ἐκ τελείου τοῦ γ ¯ γίνεται, Theol.Ar. 58 (3 is τ. because it has ἀρχή, μέσον, τέλος, ib. 14).

6 τ. κρατήρ, i.e. the third bowl offered to Ζεὺς Σωτήρ, Ar.Fr. 526, E.Fr. 148.

II of the gods, having power to fulfil prayer, all-powerful (as implied in A.Ag. 973, Ζεῦ Ζεῦ τέλειε, τὰς ἐμὰς εὐχὰς τέλει) , Ζεὺς τ. Pi.O.13.115, P.1.67; τ. ὕψιστον Δία A.Eu.28
; τελέων τελειότατον κράτος, Ζεῦ Id.Supp. 526
(lyr.); of Hera ζυγία, the presiding goddess of marriage (v. supr. 1.2 b, τέλος 1.6
), Pi.N.10.18, A.Eu. 214, Fr. 383, Ar.Th. 973 (lyr.); of Apollo, Theoc.25.22 ([comp] Sup.); of the Eumenides, A.Eu. 382 (lyr.); Μοῖραι Supp.Epigr.3.400.9
(Delph., iii B.C.): generally, θεοὶ τέλειοι τέλειαί τε A.Th. 167
(lyr.); πῦρ τέλεον ἄρρητον Lyr.Alex.Adesp.36.14
: also ἀνὴρ τ. the head or lord of the house, A.Ag. 972.

III = τελευταῖος, last, S.Tr. 948 (lyr.).

IV τέλειον, τό, a royal banquet, as a transl. of the Pers. τυκτά, Hdt.9.110.

V ἡ τελεία (sc. στιγμή ) the full point, D.T.630.6; so τελείαν δεῖ στίξαι Herm. in Phdr.p.84
A.

2 ἡ τελεία (sc. ἀντίδοτος ) the perfect antidote, effective against all poisons, Scrib. Larg.177.

VI Τέλεος (sc. μήν(, ὁ, name of a month at Epidaurus, IG42(1).109 ii 114.

VII Adv. τελέως finally, absolutely, with full authority, A.Eu. 320, 953 (both anap.).

2 completely, absolutely, thoroughly, τ. ἐς ἀσθενὲς ἔρχεται Hdt.1.120
; τ. ἐκκλησιάσαιμεν perfectly, Ar.Th. 329 (lyr.); τ. ἄφρων Is.12.4
; ἔρια τ. ῥυπαρά PCair.Zen. 287
(iii B.C.); τ. μ' ὑπῆλθε completely deceived me, Epicr.9; τ. ἑστιᾶν perfectly, X.Smp.2.2; τ. κινήσεται absolutely, Pl.Tht. 182c; τ. γὰρ ἡμᾶς ἐνώχλει he was a perfect nuisance to us, PCair.Zen.637.4 (iii B.C.); τ. γυμνάζειν put a person through the τέλειον γυμνάσιον, Gal. 6.286; μέσα τ. completely neutral, Id.18(2).59, cf. 79, al.--This is the only form of the Adv. allowed by Thom.Mag.p.358 R., but τελείως is found in Gorg.Hel.18, Isoc.13.18, Pl.Def. 411d, Arist.Metaph. 1021b26, PPetr.3p.114 (iii B.C.), LXX Ju.11.6, Gal.16.639, etc.

3 the neut. τέλεον is also used as Adv. in later Prose, Luc.Merc.Cond. 5, App.BC1.8, Sor.2.56, etc.

VIII [comp] Comp. and [comp] Sup.: Hom. uses only τελειότατος: in Prose τελεώτερος, -ώτατος prevail, though the other forms occur in Arist.EN 1097a30, 1174b22. [comp] Comp. Adv. τελεώτερον Pl.R. 520b
( τελειοτέρως Sch.Il.2.350, v.l. in Procl.Inst.18); τελεώτατα Pl.R. 351b
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τέλειος
18 ὅστις

ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅ τι (sts. written ὅ, τι to dist. it from ὅτι,

A that): Hom. has also the masc. collat. form ὅτις Od.1.47
, al. (also in Critias 2.9 and [dialect] Ion. and Arc. Prose, Jahresh.12.136 ([place name] Erythrae), IG12(5).22 ([place name] Ios), 5(2).343.34 (Orchom. Arc.)) and the neut. ὅττι Od.9.402
, al., cf. ὄττι Alc.45
.—In some forms only the second part is inflected, viz. gen. ὅτου Th.1.23
, al., [dialect] Ep. ὅττεο Od.1.124
, later [dialect] Ion. ὅτεο Jahresh.l.c., [var] contr. ὅττευ Od.17.121
, ὅτευ ib. 421, Hdt.1.7; Lesb. ὄττω Sapph.Supp.5.3
; dat. ὅτῳ Th.1.36
, al.; perh. also in [dialect] Ion., Emp. 2.5, Democr.99, Hp.VC14; [dialect] Ep. ὅτεῳ Od.2.114
, and as disyll., Il.12.428, 15.664; so Hdt.1.86, al., Democr.100, Heraclit.15, SIG194.21 (Amphipolis, iv B. C.); Arc. ὀσέοι IG5(2).262.14 (Mantinea, v B. C.); [dialect] Ep. acc. ὅτινα Od.8.204
, 15.395; Delph. gen. ὅτινος IG22.1126.37
(iv B. C.), also Berl.Sitzb.1927.167 ([place name] Cyrene); Delph. dat. ὅτινι IG 22.1126.25
; Cret. dat. sg. ὄτιμι Leg.Gort.7.51
, 8.7, al.: pl., nom. masc. Arg. ὄττινες Mnemos.44.65
(iii B. C.); neut. ὅτινα Il.22.450
; gen. ὅτεων Od.10.39
, Hdt.8.65, [dialect] Att. ὅτων S.OT 414
, X.An.7.6.24 (cj.), Oec.3.2 (cj.) (also in Hes.Fr. 238, Anaxag.12, Hp.Aër.21); dat. ὁτέοισι ([etym.] ν) Il.15.491, Hdt.2.82, [dialect] Att. ὅτοισι S.Ant. 1335
, Ar.Eq. 758, ὅτοις S.Tr. 1119
; acc. ὅτινας Il.15.492
, [dialect] Aeol. ὄττινας Sapph.12
: in a few forms only the first part is inflected, Cret. gen. sg. ὦτι prob. in Leg.Gort.1.5, 2.50, 11.50, al., GDI4993 ii 10: neut. pl. ἄτι Leg.Gort.2.47
, al.: of the forms with double inflexion Hom. has only ὅν τινα Il.2.188
, al., ἥν τινα 3.286
, al., οἵ τινες Od.4.94
, al., οὕς τινας Il.4.240
, al., ἅς τινας Od.8.573
; ᾧτινι first in Hes.Op.31, ἧστινος A.Ag. 1358
, ᾗ τινι δή Th.8.87
, οἷστισι Ar. Pax 1279
: [dialect] Att. Inscrr. have ἧστινος ᾗτινι along with masc. and neut. ὅτου ὅτῳ, and this rule holds with few exceptions in Trag. and [dialect] Att. Prose before iv B. C.; ᾡτινιοῦν occurs in Lys.1.37, etc.: ὅτῳ rarely as fem., E.IT 1071.—For the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. form [full] ἅσσα, [dialect] Att. ἅττα, v. ἅσσα.—On the concord and construction cf. ὅς B. 1.1
,3, 11.3, 111.2a,b:—Radic. sense, any one who, anything which, whosoever, whichsoever; ὣς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος, ὅτις τοιαῦτά γε ῥέζοι Od.1.47
; ἀθανάτων ὅς τίς σε φυλάσσει 15.35
, etc.: freq. without express antec., χαίρει δέ μιν ὅς τις ἐθείρῃ Il.21.347
; ἆσσον ἴτω ὅς τις δέπας οἴσεται 23.667
: hence freq. in maxims or sentiments, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. πάντ' ἀνὴρ εὐδαιμονεῖ Ar.Ra. 1217
; μακάριος ὅ. οὐσίαν καὶ νοῦν ἔχει Men.114
; οὗτος βέλτιστος ἂν εἴη, ὅ. .. Lys.3.4, etc.: freq. in such phrases as ὅστις εἶ, ὅστις ἐστί, v. ὅς B. 111.2; ἔστιν ὅ., freq. with a neg., οὐ γὰρ ἔην ὅς τίς σφιν.. ἡγήσαιτο Il.2.687
; οὐκ ἔστιν ὅτῳ μείζονα μοῖραν νείμαιμ' ἢ σοί A.Pr. 293
(anap.), cf. 989, 1070 (anap.), etc.; εἰσὶν οἵτινες S.Fr.354.5
; οὐδὲν ὅ τι οὐ .. everything, Hdt. 5.97, Th.7.87:—in these phrases the case of ὅστις commonly depends on that of οὐδείς; but sts. the reverse, v. οὐδείς 1.2: also joined with [comp] Sup., τρόπῳ ὅτῳ ἂν δύνωνται ἰσχυροτάτῳ Foed. ap. Th.5.23; ὅντινα ἀφανέστατον δύναιντο τρόπον Paus.10.1.5
: in Trag. and [dialect] Att. sts. strengthd. by an antec. πᾶς, but only in sg., ἅπας δὲ τραχὺς ὅ. ἂν νέον κρατῇ A.Pr.35
, cf. Th.8.90 ( πάντες ὅσοι being commonly used in pl., not πάντες οἵτινες; but πᾶσιν.. ὅστις ἐρωτᾷ IG12.410
).

II referring to a definite object, prop. only when a general notion is implied, Πολυκράτεα.., δι' ὅντινα κακῶς ἤκουσε, not the man through whom, but one through whom.., Hdt.3.120; τελευταῖόν σε προσβλέψαιμι νῦν, ὅστις πέφασμαι φύς τ' ἀφ' ὧν οὐ χρῆν may I see thee now for the last time, I who am one born from sinful parentage, S.OT 1184, cf. A.Pr. 38, Ag. 1065; but in quite definite sense, βωμόν, ὅστις νῦν ἔξω τῆς πόλεώς ἐστι Th.6.3
: sts. even with οὗτος or ὅδε as antec., Hdt.1.167, 2.99, 6.47, E.Hipp. 943, Theoc.8.87.

2 ἐφ' ὅτῳ, = ἐφ' ᾧτε, D.S.16.4; so ἐφ' ὅτῳ τε Delph.3(2).236
(ii B. C.).

III in indirect questions, Hom., etc., εἴπ' ἄγε μοι καὶ τόνδε.., ὅς τις ὅδ' ἐστί Il.3.192
, cf. 167, etc.; ἔσπετε νῦν μοι, Μοῦσαι, ὅς τις δὴ κτλ. who it was that.., 14.509; ξεῖνος ὅδ', οὐκ οἶδ' ὅς τις Od.8.28
: in dialogue, when the person questioned repeats the question asked by τίς, as
οὗτος τί ποιεῖς;—ὅ τι ποιῶ
; Ar.Ra. 198
; ἀλλὰ τίς γὰρ εἶ;—ὅστις; πολίτης χρηστός Id.Ach. 595
, cf. Pl. 462, Pl.Euthphr.2c, etc.

2 rare and late in direct questions,
ὅ τι ἐστὶ τὸ ἐμποδίζον
; A.D.Adv.140.12
; ἀνθ' ὅτου .. ; = why? Jul.Ep.82p.109B.-C.; cf. ὅπως.

IV limited or made more indefinite by the addition of Particles:

1 ὅστις γε being one who (cf. ὅσγε), S.OT 1335, OC 810, Ar.Ra. 1184.

2 ὅστις δή (v. δή IV. 1), freq. used without any distinct relative force, θεῶν ὅτεῳ δή to some one or other of the gods, Hdt.1.86; ὅτευ δὴ χρήματος δεησόμενον Id.3.121
; ᾗ τινι δὴ γνώμῃ Th.8.87
, etc.; also ὅ τι δήκοτε πρήξοντα Hdt.6.134
; ὅστις δήποτ' ὤν Pl.Phdr. 273c
; ὡς ἀπετύγχαν' ὁτουδήποτε D.19.167
; ὁτῳδήτινι τρόπῳ PFay.21.11
(ii A. D.); so

b ὁστισοῦν, ὁτιοῦν anybody (anything) whatsoever, Th.4.16, Pl. Smp. 198b, etc.; μετὰ ὁτουοῦν τρόπου Th.8.27
; ὁτῳοῦν Pl.Tht. 175a
; εἷς ὁστισοῦν any one person, Arist.Pol. 1286a31: freq. with neg., μηδ' ἂν ὁστισοῦν τυγχάνῃ ὤν Pl.Euthphr.5e
, cf. Phd. 78d, etc.; οὐδ' ὁτιοῦν not the least mite, nothing whatsoever, Ar.Nu. 344, Pl. 385; μηδοτιοῦν Thgn.64
: rarely, = whoever (whatever), as subject of a verb, ὁτιοῦν ἔτυχε τῶν ἐπὶ μέρους (v.l. ὅτι ἄν) Arist.Mu. 391a22.

c ὁστισδηποτοῦν D.40.8
, Aeschin.1.164.

d so also ὅστις alone, Pl.Hp.Ma. 282d, etc.: with neg., μηδὲ οἵτινες none at all, X.HG1.5.9; οὐδ' ἧστινος ἂν ἀσχολίας τὸ πρᾶγμα προσεδεῖτο Plb.9.14.6
.

3 ὅστις ποτε whoever, A.Ag. 160(lyr.), cf. Hdt.8.65.

4 ὅστις περ (cf. ὅσπερ), mostly in neut., ὅ τι πέρ ἐστ' ὄφελος Ar.Ec.53
, cf. Pl.R. 492e: in masc., D.21.225.

5 ὅστις τε, where τε is otiose as in ὅστε, Il.23.43, al.

V neut. ὅ τι used abs. as a Conj., v. ὅ τι.

VI ἐξ ὅτου from which time, S.OC 345, Tr. 326, Ar.Nu. 528, X.Cyr.8.2.16, etc.; ἐξ ὅτου περ Ar.Ach. 596
; ἀπ' ὅτευ since.., Hdt.1.7, cf. SIG45.18 (Halic., v B. C.); so
ἕως ὅτου
until.., Ev.Luc.13.8
.

2 from what cause, S. Tr. 671, E.Cyc. 639.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅστις
19 εἰ

εἰ, [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. and Arc. (for εἰκ, v. infr. 11 ad init.), = [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol. αἰ, αἰκ (q. v.), Cypr.

A ἤ Inscr.Cypr.135.10
H., both εἰ and αἰ in [dialect] Ep.:— Particle used interjectionally with imper. and to express a wish, but usu. either in conditions, if, or in indirect questions, whether. In the former use its regular negative is μή; in the latter, οὐ.

A INTERJECTIONALLY, in Hom., come now! c. imper., εἰ δὲ.. ἄκουσον Il.9.262
; εἰ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ φευγόντων ib.46; most freq. with ἄγε (q. v.), 1.302, al.

2 in wishes, c. opt., ἀλλ' εἴ τις.. καλέσειεν 10.111
, cf. 24.74; so later, εἴ μοι ξυνείη μοῖρα S.OT 863
(lyr.); εἴ μοι γένοιτο φθόγγος ἐν βραχίοσιν E.Hec. 836
: more freq. folld. by γάρ, αἲ γὰρ δὴ οὕτως εἴη Il.4.189
, al.; εἰ γὰρ γενοίμην ἀντὶ σοῦ νεκρός E.Hipp. 1410
; εἰ γὰρ γένοιτο X.Cyr.6.1.38
; εἰ γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ εἴη Pl.Prt. 310d
; of unattained wishes, in Hom. only c. opt., εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼν.. Διὸς πάϊς αἰγιόχοιο εἴην Il.13.825
; Ζεῦ πάτερ, αἰ γὰρ ἐμὸς πόσις εἴη Alcm.29
; later with past tenses of ind., εἰ γάρ μ' ὑπὸ γῆν.. ἧκεν A.Pr. 152
(anap.); εἰ γὰρ τοσαύτην δύναμιν εἶχον ὥστε .. E.Alc. 1072: twice in Od. c. inf. (cf. the use of inf. in commands), αἰ γὰρ τοῖος ἐὼν.. ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς καλέεσθαι 7.311
, cf. 24.376.

b εἴθε, [dialect] Ep. αἴθε, is freq. used in wishes in the above constructions, εἴθε οἱ αὐτῷ Ζεὺς ἀγαθὸν τελέσειεν 2.33
; εἴθ' ὣς ἡβώοιμι Il.7.157
; ἰὼ γᾶ, εἴθ' ἔμ' ἐδέξω A.Ag. 1537
(lyr.); εἴθε σοι, ὦ Περίκλεις, τότε συνεγενόμην X.Mem.1.2.46
: later c. inf., γαίης χθαμαλωτέρη εἴθε.. κεῖσθαι AP9.284
(Crin.).

c εἰ γάρ, εἴθε are also used with ὤφελον ([dialect] Ep. ὤφελλον), of past unattained wishes, αἴθ' ὤφελλες στρατοῦ ἄλλου σημαίνειν Il.14.84
; εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον [κατιδεῖν] Pl.R. 432c.

d folld. by a clause expressing a consequence of the fulfilment of the wish, αἰ γὰρ τοῦτο.. ἔπος τετελεσμένον εἴη· τῷ κε τάχα γνοίης .. Od. 15.536, cf. 17.496, al.; sts. hard to distinguish from εἰ in conditions (which may be derived from this use), εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
.

B IN CONDITIONS, if:

I with INDIC.,

1 with all tenses (for [tense] fut., v. infr. 2), to state a condition, with nothing implied as to its fulfilment, εἰ δ' οὕτω τοῦτ' ἐστίν, ἐμοὶ μέλλει φίλον εἶναι but if this is so, it will be.., Il.1.564: any form of the Verb may stand in apodosi, εἰ θεοί τι δρῶσιν αἰσχρόν, οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί E.Fr.292.7
; εἰ δοκεῖ, πλέωμεν S.Ph. 526
; εἰ Φαῖδρον ἀγνοῶ, καὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐπιλέλησμαι Pl.Phdr. 228a
; κάκιστ' ἀπολοίμην, Ξανθίαν εἰ μὴ φιλῶ Ar.Ra. 579
, cf. Od.17.475; εἰ θεοῦ ἦν, οὐκ ἦν αἰσχροκερδής· εἰ δ' αἰσχροκερδής, οὐκ ἦν θεοῦ Pl.R. 408c
; εἰ ταῦτα λέγων διαφθείρω τοὺς νέους, ταῦτ' ἂν εἴη βλαβερά Id.Ap. 30b
, cf. 25b; εἰ οὗτοι ὀρθῶς ἀπέστησαν, ὑμεῖς ἂν οὐ χρεὼν ἄρχοιτε if these were right in their revolt, (it would follow that) you rule when you have no right, Th.3.40.

b to express a general condition, if ever, whenever, sts. with [tense] pres., εἴ τις δύο ἢ καὶ πλείους τις ἡμέρας λογίζεται, μάταιός ἐστιν S.Tr. 943
: with [tense] impf., εἴ τίς τι ἠρώτα ἀπεκρίνοντο Th.7.10
: rarely with [tense] aor., D.S.31.26.1, S.E.P.1.84; cf. 111.2.

2 with [tense] fut. (much less freq. than ἐάν c. subj.), either to express a future supposition emphatically, εἰ φθάσομεν τοὺς πολεμίους κατακαίνοντες οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν ἀποθανεῖται X.Cyr.7.1.19
; εἰ μὴ βοηθήσετε οὐ περιέσται τἀκεῖ Th.6.91
; εἰ αὕτη ἡ πόλις ληφθήσεται, ἔχεται ἡ πᾶσα Σικελία ibid.; in threats or warnings, εἰ μὴ καθέξεις γλῶσσαν ἔσται σοι κακά E.Fr.5
; εἰ τιμωρήσεις Πατρόκλῳ, αὐτὸς ἀποθανῇ Pl.Ap. 28c
, cf. D.28.21: or,

b to express a present intention or expectation, αἶρε πλῆκτρον εἰ μαχεῖ if you mean to fight, Ar.Av. 759; ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ ἀνήρ.. εἰ ταῦτ' ἀνατεὶ τῇδε κείσεται κράτη S.Ant. 485
, cf. Il.1.61, E.Hec. 863.

3 with historical tenses, implying that the condition is or was unfulfilled.

a with [tense] impf., referring to present time or to continued or repeated action in past time (in Hom. always the latter, Il.24.715, al.): ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν ἐδύναντο ποιεῖν, εἰ μὴ διαίτῃ μετρίᾳ ἐχρῶντο they would not be able to do this (as they do), if they did not live an abstemious life, X.Cyr.1.2.16, cf. Pl.R. 489b; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he ([place name] Agamemnon) would not have been master of islands, if he had not had also some naval force, Th.1.9; αἰ δ' ἦχες ἔσλων ἴμερον ἢ κάλων.. αἴδως κεν.. ἦχεν Sapph.28
; εἰ ἦσαν ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ.. οὐκ ἄν ποτε ταῦτα ἔπασχον if they had been good men, they would never have suffered as they did, Pl.Grg. 516e, cf. X.Mem.1.1.5; εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ τάδε ᾔδἐ.. οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε if I had known this.., Il.8.366.

b with [tense] aor. referring to past time, εἰ μὴ ἔφυσε θεὸς μέλι.. ἔφασκον γλύσσονα σῦκα πέλεσθαι Xenoph.38
; εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα had you not come, we should be on our way.., X.An.2.1.4; καὶ ἴσως ἂν ἀπέθανον, εἰ μὴ ἡ ἀρχὴ διὰ ταχέων κατελύθη Pl.Ap. 32d
, cf. Il.5.680, Od.4.364, D.4.5, 27.63: with [tense] plpf. in apodosi, εἰ τριάκοντα μόναι μετέπεσον τῶν ψήφων, ἀπεπεφεύγη ἄν Pl. Ap. 36a
.

c rarely with [tense] plpf. referring to action finished in past or present time, λοιπὸν δ' ἂν ἦν ἡμῖν ἔτι περὶ τῆς πόλεως διαλεχθῆναι, εἰ μὴ προτέρα τῶν ἄλλων τὴν εἰρήνην ἐπεποίητο if she had not (as she has done) made peace before the rest, Isoc.5.56, cf. Pl.Ti. 21c.

II with SUBJ., εἰ is regularly joined with ἄν ([dialect] Ep. κε, κεν), cf. ἐάν: Arc. εἰκαν in Tegean Inscrr. of iv B. C. (IG5(2).3.16, 31, 6.2, SIG306.34) should be understood as εἰκ ἄν (εἰ: εἰκ = οὐ: οὐκ), since εἰ δ' ἄν is also found in IG5(2).3.2, 6.45, and εἰκ alone, ib.3.21; but ἄν ([etym.] κε, κεν) are freq. absent in Hom. as Od.5.221, 14.373 (and cf. infr. 2), and Lyr., Pi. (who never uses εἰ with ἄν or κε ([etym.] ν)) P.4.266, al.; in dialects, αἰ δείλητ' ἀγχωρεῖν IG9(1).334.6
([dialect] Locr., v B. C.), cf. Foed.[dialect] Dor. ap. Th.5.79; rarely in Hdt., εἰ μὴ ἀναβῇ 2.13
; occasionally in Trag., A.Eu. 234, S.OT 198 (lyr.), etc.; very rarely in [dialect] Att. Prose, εἰ ξυστῶσιν αἱ πόλεις Th.6.21
; εἴ τι που ἄλσος ἢ τέμενος ἀφειμένον ᾖ Pl.Lg. 761c
: in later Prose, εἴ τις θελήσῃ Apoc.11.5
; εἰ φονεύῃ Plot.2.9.9
, cf. Procl. Inst.26.

1 when the apodosis is [tense] fut., to express a future condition more distinctly and vividly than εἰ c. opt., but less so than εἰ c. [tense] fut. ind. (supr. 1.2a); εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἕρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' .. if thou do thus.., thou shalt know, Il.2.364, cf. 1.128, 3.281, Od.17.549; ἂν δέ τις ἀνθιστῆται, σὺν ὑμῖν πειρασόμεθα χειροῦσθαι X. An.7.3.11
; ἂν μὴ νῦν ἐθέλωμεν ἐκεῖ πολεμεῖν αὐτῷ, ἐνθάδ' ἴσως ἀναγκασθησόμεθα τοῦτο ποιεῖν if we be not now willing, D.4.50, cf. X.Cyr. 5.3.27: folld. by imper., ἢν εἰρήνης δοκῆτε δεῖσθαι, ἄνευ ὅπλων ἥκετε ib.3.2.13, cf. 5.4.30.

2 when the apodosis is present, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition, if ever, ἤν ποτε δασμὸς ἵκηται, σοὶ τὸ γέρας πολὺ μεῖζον (sc. ἐστί) whenever a division comes, your prize is (always) greater, Il.1.166; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death come near, E.Alc. 671; with ἄν omitted, εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον.. καταπέψῃ ἀλλά.. ἔχει κότον Il.1.81
.

b with Rhet. present in apodosis, ἐὰν μὴ οἱ φιλόσοφοι βασιλεύσωσιν, οὐκ ἔστι κακῶν παῦλα there is (i.e. can be, will be) no rest.., Pl.R. 473d.

III with OPTATIVE (never with ἄν in early Gr., later ἐάν c. opt., Dam.Pr. 114, al.),

1 to express a future condition less definitely than ἐάν c. subj., usu. with opt. with ἄν in apod., ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες.. εἰ σφῶιν τάδε πάντα πυθοίατο μαρναμένοιιν surely they would exult, if they should hear.., Il.1.255, cf. 7.28, Od.3.223; εἴης φορητὸς οὐκ ἄν, εἰ πράσσοις καλῶς A.Pr. 979
; οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄν με ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ἐξελαύνοιμι τοὺς εὐεργέτας X.An.7.7.11
; οἶκος δ' αὐτός, εἰ φθογγὴν λάβοι, σαφέστατ' ἂν λέξειεν A.Ag.37
, etc.: [tense] fut. opt. is f.l. in Pl.Tht. 164a: with [tense] pres. ind. in apod., Xenoph.34.3, Democr.253: with [tense] fut.ind., Meliss.5.

b in Hom.sts. with [tense] pres. opt., to express an unfulfilled present condition, εἰ μὲν νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ τὰ πρῶτα φεροίμην if we were now contending, etc., Il.23.274: rarely in Trag., εἰ μὴ κνίζοι ( = εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568; also εἰ ἀναγκαῖον εἴη ἀδικεῖν ἢ ἀδικεῖσθαι, ἑλοίμην ἂν μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθαι Pl.Grg. 469c
.

2 when the apodosis is past, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition in past time (corresponding to use of subj. in present time, supr. 11.2); once in Hom., εἴ τίς με.. ἐνίπτοι, ἀλλὰ σὺ τόν γ'.. κατέρυκες Il.24.768
; εἰ δέ τινας θορυβουμένους αἴσθοιτο.., κατασβεννύναι τὴν ταραχὴν ἐπειρᾶτο if he should see ( whenever he saw) any troops in confusion, he (always) tried, X.Cyr.5.3.55, cf. An.4.5.13, Mem.4.2.40; εἴ τις ἀντείποι, εὐθὺς ἐτεθνήκει if any one made objection, he was a dead man at once, Th. 8.66; ἀλλ' εἴ τι μὴ φέροιμεν, ὤτρυνεν φέρειν E.Alc. 755
. For εἰ c. ind. in this sense v. supr. 1.1: ind. and opt. are found in same sentence, ἐμίσει, οὐκ εἴ τις κακῶς πάσχων ἠμύνετο, ἀλλ' εἴ τις εὐεργετούμενος ἀχάριστος φαίνοιτο X.Ages.11.3
.

3 in oratio obliqua after past tenses, representing ἐάν c. subj. or εἰ with a primary (never an historical) tense of the ind. in oratio recta, ἐλογίζοντο ὡς, εἰ μὴ μάχοιντο, ἀποστήσοιντο αἱ πόλεις (representing ἐὰν μὴ μαχώμεθα, ἀποστήσονται) X.HG6.4.6, cf. D.21.104, X.HG5.2.2; ἔλεγεν ὅτι, εἰ βλαβερὰ πεπραχὼς εἴη, δίκαιος εἴη ζημιοῦσθαι (representing εἰ βλαβερὰ πέπραχε, δίκαιός ἐστι) ib.32, cf. An.6.6.25; εἰ δέ τινα φεύγοντα λήψοιτο, προηγόρευεν ὅτι ὡς πολεμίψ χρήσοιτο (representing εἴ τινα λήψομαι, χρήσομαι) Id.Cyr.3.1.3; also, where oratio obliqua is implied in the leading clause, οὐκ ἦν τοῦ πολέμου πέρας Φιλίππῳ, εἰ μὴ Θηβαίους.. ἐχθροὺς ποιήσειε τῇ πόλει, i.e. Philip thought there would be no end to the war, unless he should make.. (his thought having been ἐὰν μὴ ποιήσω), D.18.145; ἐβούλοντο γὰρ σφίσιν, εἴ τινα λάβοιεν, ὑπάρχειν ἀντὶ τῶν ἔνδον, ἢν ἄρα τύχωσί τινες ἐζωγρημένοι Th.2.5
.

4 c. opt. with ἄν, only when the clause serves as apodosis as well as protasis, cf. Pl.Prt. 329b, D.4.18, X.Mem.1.5.3 (v. ἄν A. 111
. d).

IV c. INF., in oratio obliqua, only in Hdt., εἰ γὰρ δὴ δεῖν πάντως περιθεῖναι ἄλλῳ τέῳ τὴν βασιληΐην, [ἔφη] δικαιότερον εἶναι κτλ. 1.129
; εἰ εἶναι τοῦτο μὴ φίλον 2.64
, cf. 172, 3.105, 108.

V after Verbs denoting wonder, delight, indignation, disappointment, contentment, and similar emotions, εἰ c. ind. is used instead of ὅτι, to express the object of the feeling in a hypothetical form, θαυμάζω εἰ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν μήτ' ἐνθυμεῖται μήτ' ὀργίζεται, ὁρῶν .. I wonder that no one of you is either concerned or angry when he sees.., D.4.43; οὐκ ἀγαπᾷ εἰ μὴ δίκην δέδωκεν, ἀλλ' εἰ μὴ καὶ χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ στεφανωθήσεται ἀγανακτεῖ Aeschin.3.147
: after past tenses, ἐθαύμασε δ' εἰ μὴ φανερόν ἐστιν X.Mem.1.1.13
; δεινὸν εἰσῄει, εἰ μὴ.. δόξει D.19.33
; ἐθαύμαζον εἴ τι ἕξει τις χρήσασθαι τῷ λόγῳ Pl.Phd. 95a
; οὐδὲ ᾐσχύνθη εἰ.. ἐπάγει D.21.105
: in oratio obliqua (expressed or implied) c. opt., ἐπεῖπεν ὡς δεινὸν (sc. εἴη) εἰ.. μεγαλόψυχος γένοιτο Aeschin.2.157
; ᾤκτιρον εἰ ἁλώσοιντο X.An.1.4.7
; ἐθαύμαζε δ' εἴ τις ἀρετὴν ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἀργύριον πράττοιτο he wondered that any one should demand money, Id.Mem.1.2.7; ἔχαιρον ἀγαπῶν εἴ τις ἐάσοι I rejoiced, being content if any one should let it pass, Pl.R. 450a:—in this use the neg. οὐ is also found, ἀγανακτῶ εἰ ὁ Φίλιππος ἁρπάζων οὐ λυπεῖ D.8.55
; δεινὸν ἂν εἴη εἰ οἱ ἐκείνων ξύμμαχοι οὐκ ἀπεροῦσιν Th.1.121
; τέρας λέγεις, εἰ οὐκ ἂν δύναιντο λαθεῖν Pl.Men. 91d
, etc.

VI in citing a fact as a ground of argument or appeal, as surely as, since, εἴ ποτ' ἔην γε if there was [as there was], i.e. as sure as there was such an one, Il.3.180, al.; εἰ τότε κοῦρος ἔα, νῦν αὖτέ με γῆρας ὀπάζει 4.321
; πολλοὺς γὰρ οἶκε εἶναι εὐπετέστερον διαβάλλειν ἢ ἕνα, εἰ Κλεομένεα μὲν μοῦνον οὐκ οἷός τε ἐγένετο διαβαλεῖν, τρεῖς δὲ μυριάδας Ἀθηναίων ἐποίησε τοῦτο it seems easier to deceive many than one, if (as was the fact, i.e. since) he was not able.., Hdt.5.97, cf. 1.60,al.

VII ELLIPTICAL CONSTRUCTIONS:

1 with apodosis implied in the context, εἰ having the force of in case, supposing that, πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, εἰ ἐπιβοηθοῖεν, ἐχώρουν they marched towards the city [so as to meet the citizens], in case they should rush out, Th.6.100; ἱκέται πρὸς σὲ δεῦρ' ἀφίγμεθα, εἴ τινα πόλιν φράσειας ἡμῖν εὔερον we have come hither to you, in case you should tell us of some fleecy city (i.e. that we might hear of it), Ar.Av. 120; παρέζεο καὶ λαβὲ γούνων, αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι sit by him and grasp his knees [so as to persuade him], in case he be willing to help the Trojans, Il.1.408, cf. 66, Od.1.94, 3.92; ἄκουσον καὶ ἐμοῦ, ἐάν σοι ἔτι ταὐτὰ δοκῇ hear me also [that you may assent], in case the same opinion please you, Pl.R. 358b; ἰδὲ δή, ἐάν σοι ὅπερ ἐμοὶ συνδοκῇ look now, in case you approve what I do, ib. 434a.

2 with apodosis suppressed for rhetorical reasons, εἴ περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλῃσιν Ὀλύμπιος.. στυφελίξαι if he wish to thrust him away, [he will do so], Il.1.580; εἰ μὲν δώσουσι γέρας—· εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they shall give me a prize, [well and good]; but if they give not, then I will take one for myself, 1.135, cf. 6.150, Ar.Pl. 468; καὶ ἢν μὲν ξυμβῇ ἡ πεῖρα—· εἰ δὲ μή .. and if the attempt succeed, [well]; otherwise.., Th.3.3, cf. Pl.Prt. 325d.

3 with the Verb of the protasis omitted, chiefly in the following expressions:

a εἰ μή except, οὐδὲν ἄλλο σιτέονται, εἰ μὴ ἰχθῦς μοῦνον Hdt. 1.200
; μὰ τὼ θεώ, εἰ μὴ Κρίτυλλά γ' [εἰμί]—nay, if I'm not Critylla! i.e. I am, Ar.Th. 898; εἰ μὴ ὅσον except only, ἐγὼ μέν μιν οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ ὅσον γραφῇ Hdt.2.73
, cf. 1.45, 2.20; εἰ μὴ εἰ Th.1.17
, Pl.Grg. 480b, etc.; εἰ μή τι οὖν, ἀλλὰ σμικρόν γέ μοι τῆς ἀρχῆς χάλασον if nothing else, yet.., Id.Men. 86e; ironical, εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἡ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπιμέλεια διαφθορά ἐστιν X.Mem.1.2.8
; εἰ μή πέρ γε τὸν ὑοσκύαμον χρήματα εἶναι φήσομεν Id.Oec.1.13
.

b εἰ δὲ μή but if not, i.e. otherwise, προηγόρευε τοῖς Λαμψακηνοῖσι μετιέναι Μιλτιάδεα, εἰ δὲ μή, σφέας πίτυος τρόπον ἀπείλεε ἐκτρίψειν Hdt.6.37
, cf. 56; after μάλιστα μέν, Th.1.32,35, etc.:—after a preceding neg., μὴ τύπτ'· εἰ δὲ μή, σαυτόν ποτ' αἰτιάσει don't beat me; otherwise, you will have yourself to blame, Ar.Nu. 1433; ὦ Κῦρε, μὴ οὕτω λέγε· εἰ δὲ μή, οὐ θαρροῦντά με ἕξεις X.Cyr.3.1.35
; οὔτ' ἐν τῷ ὕδατι τὰ ὅπλα ἦν ἔχειν· εἰ δὲ μή Id.An.4.3.6
, cf. Th.1.28, 131, Pl.Phd. 91c.

c εἰ δέ sts. stands for εἰ δὲ μή, εἰ μὲν βούλεται, ἑψέτω· εἰ δ', ὅτι βούλεται, τοῦτο ποιείτω Pl.Euthd. 285c
, cf. Smp. 212c; εἰ δ' οὖν S.Ant. 722
; εἰ δ' οὕτως Arist.EN 1094a24
; εἰ δὲ τοῦτο and if so, Str.2.1.29.

d εἰ γάρ for if so, Id.7.3.6.

e εἴ τις if any, i. e. as much as or more than any, τῶν γε νῦν αἴ τις ἐπιχθονίων, ὀρθῶς B.5.5
; ὄτλον ἄλγιστον ἔσχον, εἴ τις Αἰτωλὶς γυνή S.Tr.8
, cf. OC 734; εἴ τις ἄλλος, siquis alius, E.Andr.6, etc.; εἴ τινες καὶ ἄλλοι Hdt.3.2
, etc.; εἴπερ τις ἄλλος Pl.R. 501d
; also κατ' εἰ δέ τινα τρόπον in any way, IG 5(2).6.27 ([place name] Tegea).

f εἴ ποτε or εἴπερ ποτέ now if ever, ἡμῖν δὲ καλῶς, εἴπερ ποτέ, ἔχει.. ἡ ξυναλλαγή Th.4.20
, cf. Ar.Eq. 594; αἴ ποτα κἄλλοτα Alc.Supp.7.11
, cf. X.An.6.4.12, etc.; but in prayers, εἴ ποτέ τοι ἐπὶ νηὸν ἔρεψα.. τόδε μοι κρήηνον ἐέλδωρ Il.1.39
.

g εἴ ποθεν (sc. δυνατόν ἐστι) if from any quarter, i.e. from some quarter or other, S.Ph. 1204 (lyr.); so εἴ ποθι somewhere, anywhere, Id.Aj. 885 (lyr.); εἴ που Od.4.193
.

h εἴ πως ib. 388, X.An.2.3.11: in an elliptical sentence (cf. VII. 1), πρέσβεις πέμψαντες, εἴ πως πείσειαν Th.1.58
.

VIII with other PARTICLES:

1 for the distinction between καὶ εἰ (or καὶ ἐάν, or κἄν ) even if, and εἰ καί (or ἐὰν καί ) even though, v. καί:—the opposite of καὶ εἰ is οὐδ' εἰ, not even if; that of εἰ καί is εἰ μηδέ, if (although) not even.

2 for ὡς εἰ, ὡς εἴ τε, ὥσπερ εἰ, etc., v. ὡς and ὥσπερ.

3 for εἰ ἄρα, v. ἄρα; for εἰ δή, εἴπερ, v. εἰ δή, εἴπερ; for εἴ γε, v. γέ.

IX in neg. oaths, = Hebr. im, LXXPs.94(95).11, Ev.Marc.8.12, al.

C IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS, whether, folld. by the ind., subj., or opt., according to the principles of oratio obliqua:

1 with IND. after primary tenses, representing the same tense in the direct question, σάφα δ' οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ θεός ἐστιν whether he is a god, Il.5.183; εἰ ξυμπονήσεις.. σκόπει S.Ant.41
.

2 with SUBJ. after primary tenses, representing a dubitative subj. in the direct question, τὰ ἐκπώματα οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ Χρυσάντᾳ τουτῳῒ δῶ whether I should give them, X.Cyr.8.4.16: sts. elliptical, ἐς τὰ χρηστήρια ἔπεμπε, εἰ στρατεύηται ἐπὶ τοὺς Πέρσας Hdt.1.75
.

3 OPT. after past tenses, representing either of the two previous constructions in the direct question, ἤρετο εἴ τις ἐμοῦ εἴη σοφώτερος he asked whether any one was wiser than I (direct ἔστι τις σοφώτερος;), Pl.Ap. 21a; ἐπεκηρυκεύετο Πεισιστράτῳ, εἰ βούλοιτό οἱ τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα Hdt.1.60
: rarely [tense] aor. opt. for the [tense] aor. ind., ἠρώτων αὐτὸν εἰ ἀναπλεύσειεν I asked him whether he had set sail (direct ἀνέπλευσας;), D.50.55: but [tense] aor. opt. usually represents [tense] aor. subj., τὸν θεὸν ἐπήροντο εἰ παραδοῖεν Κορινθίοις τὴν πόλιν.. καὶ τιμωρίαν τινὰ πειρῷντ' ἀπ' αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι they asked whether they should deliver their city to the Corinthians, and should try.., Th.1.25:—in both constructions the ind. or subj. may be retained, ψῆφον ἐβούλοντο ἐπαγαγεῖν εἰ χρὴ πολεμεῖν ib. 119; ἐβουλεύοντο εἴτε κατακαύσωσιν.. εἴτε τι ἄλλο χρήσωνται whether they should burn them or should dispose of them in some other way, Id.2.4; ἀνακοινοῦσθαι αὐτὸν αὑτῷ εἰ δῷ ἐπιψηφίσαι τοῖς προέδροις [he said that] he consulted him whether he should give.., Aeschin.2.68.

4 with OPT. and ἄν when this was the form of the direct question, ἠρώτων εἰ δοῖεν ἂν τούτων τὰ πιστά they asked whether they would give (direct δοιήτε ἄν;), X.An.4.8.7.

5 the NEG. used with εἰ in indirect questions is οὐ, when οὐ would be used in the direct question, ἐνετέλλετο.. εἰρωτᾶν εἰ οὔ τι ἐπαισχύνεται whether he is not ashamed, Hdt.1.90, etc.; but if μή would be required in the direct form, it is retained in the indirect, οὐ τοῦτο ἐρωτῶ, ἀλλ' εἰ τοῦ μὲν δικαίου μὴ ἀξιοῖ πλέον ἔχειν μηδὲ βούλεται ὁ δίκαιος, τοῦ δὲ ἀδίκου (the direct question would be μὴ ἀξιοῖ μηδὲ βούλεται; he does not see fit nor wish, does he?) Pl.R. 349b:—in double indirect questions, εἴτε.. εἴτε.. ; εἰ.. εἴτε.. ; εἴτε.. ἢ .., either οὐ or μή can be used in the second clause, ὅπως ἴδῃς εἴτ' ἔνδον εἴτ' οὐκ ἔνδον S.Aj.7
; σκοπῶμεν εἰ ἡμῖν πρέπει ἢ οὔ Pl.R. 451d
; εἰ ἀληθὲς ἢ μή, πειράσομαι μαθεῖν ib. 339a; πολλὰ ἂν περιεσκέψω, εἴτε ἐπιτρεπτέον εἴτε οὔ·.. οὐδένα λόγον οὐδὲ συμβουλὴν ποιῇ, εἴτε χρὴ ἐπιτρέπειν σαυτὸν αὐτῷ εἴτε μή Id.Prt. 313a
, 313b; ἀνάγκη τὴν ἐμὴν μητέρα, εἴτε θυγάτηρ ἦν Κίρωνος εἴτε μή, καὶ εἰ παρ' ἐκείνῳ διῃτᾶτο ἢ οὔ, καὶ γάμους εἰ διττοὺς ὑπὲρ ταύτης εἱστίασεν ἢ μὴ.. πάντα ταῦτα εἰδέναι τοὺς οἰκέτας Is.8.9
; τοὺς νόμους καταμανθάνειν εἰ καλῶς κεῖνται ἢ μή.. τοὺς λόγους εἰ ὀρθῶς ὑμᾶς διδάσκουσιν ἢ οὔ Antipho 5.14.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἰ
20 ἐν

ἐν, poet. [full] ἐνί, [full] εἰν, [full] εἰνί (Il.8.199, etc.), forms used by [dialect] Ep. and Lyric Poets as the metre requires, but only as f.l. in Trag.,

A εἰν S.Ant. 1241
; εἰνί E.Heracl. 893
: Arc. and Cypr. [full] ἰν IG5(2).3.5, al., Inscr.Cypr.135.9 H., al.

0-0PREP. WITH DAT. AND ACC. Radical sense, in, into.

A WITH DAT.

I OF PLACE,

1 in, νήσῳ ἐν ἀμφιρύτῃ Od.1.50
; ἐν δώμασ' ἐμοῖσιν Il.6.221
; ἐνὶ προθύροισιν 11.777
; κοίλῃσ' ἐνὶ νηυσί Od.2.27
; with names of cities or islands, as ἐν Ἀθήνῃς, ἐν Τροίῃ, Il.2.549, 162; ἡ ἐν Κερκύρᾳ ναυμαχία Th.1.57
; ἡ ἐν Σαλαμῖνι μάχη Isoc.5.147
(but in [dialect] Att. the Prep.is sts.omitted, as with Ἐλευσῖνι, Μαραθῶνι; where ἐν is used, it = in the district of.., ὲν Ἐλευσῖνι IG22.1028.11
, ἐμ Μαραθῶνι ib.1243.21): ἐν χερσὶν ἐμῇσι in my arms, Il.22.426; ἐνὶ θυμῷ Od.16.331
, etc.; ἐν αὑτῷ εἶναι to be in one's senses, be oneself, ἔτ' ἐν σαυτῷ (v.l. - τοῦ) γενοῦ S.Ph. 950
; also ἐν αὑτοῦ, cf. signf. 2.

b ἐν τοῖς ἰχθύσιν in the fish-market, Antiph.125; ἐν τῷ μύρῳ Ar.Eq. 1375
; so ἐν τοῖν δυοῖν ὀβολοῖν ἐθεώρουν ἄν in the two-obol seats, D.18.28.

2 elliptic, in such phrases as ἐν Ἀλκινόοιο Od.7.132
, cf.Leg.Gort.2.21, etc.; εἰν Ἀΐδαο Il.22.389
, [dialect] Att. ἐν Ἅιδου (v. Ἅιδης): later ἐν τοῖς τινός PRev.Laws 38.1
(iii B. C.), Ev.Luc.2.49; ἐν ἡμετέρου Hdt.1.35
, 7.8.
δ'; ἐμ Πανδίονος IG22.1138.8
; ἐν Δημοτιωνιδῶν ib.2.841b21; ἐν τῶν πόλεων ib. 12.56.14: mostly with pr.n., but sts. with Appellatives, as, ἐν ἀφνειοῦ πατρός Il.6.47
; ἐν ἀνδρὸς εὐσεβεστάτου E.IA 926
; ἐν παιδοτρίβου, ἐν κιθαριστοῦ, at the school of.., Ar.Nu. 973, Pl.Tht. 206a; ἐν γειτόνων (v. γείτων) ἐν αὑτοῦ ( αὑτῷ cod. Rav.) Ar.V. 642, cf. Men.Sam. 125; οὐκέτ' ἐν ἐμαυτοῦ ἦν Pl.Chrm. 155d
; ἐν ὑμῶν αὐτῶν γένεσθε Lib.Or. 35.15
.

3 in, within, surrounded by, οὐρανὸς ἐν αἰθέρι καὶ νεφέλῃσι Il.15.192
; after Hom., of clothing, armour, etc., ἐν ἐσθῆτι Hdt.2.159
; ἐν πεπλώματι S.Tr. 613
; ἐν ἔντεσι Pi.O.4.24
; ἐν ὅπλοισι in or under arms, Hdt.1.13, etc.; also of particular kinds of arms, ἐν τόξοις, ἀκοντίοις, etc., equipped with them, dub.in X.Mem.3.9.2; ἐν μαχαίρῃ PTeb. 16.14
(ii B. C.); ἐν μεγάλοις φορτίοις βαδίζειν καὶ τρέχειν X. Cyr.2.3.14
; ἐν βαθεῖ πώγωνι Luc.Salt.5
.

4 on, at or by, ἐν ποταμῷ Il. 18.521
, Od.5.466; ἐν ὄρεσσιν 19.205
; οὔρεος ἐν κορυφῇς Il.2.456
; ἐν θρόνοις Od.8.422
; νευρὴ ἐν τόξῳ the string on the bow, Il.15.463; ἐν [ξίφει] ἧλοι 11.29
; κατεκλάσθη ἐνὶ καυλῷ ἔγχος was broken off at or by the shaft, 13.608; ἐν πέτροισι πέτρον ἐκτρίβων S.Ph. 296
; ἐν οἴνῳ at wine, prob. in Call.Epigr.23, Luc.Dem.Enc.15.

5 in the number of, amongst, freq.in Hom., ἐν Δαναοῖσι, προμάχοισι, μέσσοισιν, νεκύεσσι, Il.1.109, 3.31, 7.384, Od. 12.383, al.; οἴη ἐν ἀθανάτοισιν Il. 1.398
; and with Verbs of ruling, ἐν δ' ἄρα τοῖσιν ἦρχ' 13.689
; ἀνδράσιν ἐν πολλοῖσι.. ἀνάσσων Od.19.110
; φῦλον ἐν ἀνθρώποισι ματαιότατον Pi.P.3.21
; ἐν τοῖς οἰκείοισιν ἀνὴρ χρηστός S.Ant. 661
; ἐν γυναιξὶν ἄλκιμος E.Or. 754
:—for ἐν τοῖς c. [comp] Sup., V. ὁ.

b in the presence of, ἐν πᾶσι Od.2.194
; πτωχὸς ὢν ἐν ἐσθλοῖσιν λέγειν E.Fr. 703
; λέγοντες ἐν τῷ δήμῳ Pl.R. 565b
; μακρηγορεῖν ἐν εἰδόσι Th.2.36
; ἔλεγον ἐν τοῖς τριάκοντα Lys.12.6
; ἐν τοῖς ὄχλοις εἰπεῖν Isoc.3.21
; λέγειν ἐν ἀνδράσιν (of a woman) Lys.32.11; of a trial, διαγωνίζεσθαι, διαδικάζεσθαι ἔν τισι, Pl.Grg. 464d, Lg. 916b; προὐκαλούμην ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς δικασταῖς Antipho6.23
.

6 in one's hands, within one's reach or power, νίκης πείρατ' ἔχονται ἐν ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσι Il.7.102
; δύναμις γὰρ ἐν ὑμῖν Od.10.69
(comp. the Homeric phrases θεῶν ἐν γούνασι κεῖται Il.17.514
; ἐν γὰρ χερσὶ τέλος πολέμου 16.630
); freq. in Hdt. and [dialect] Att., ἔστιν ἔν τινι, c. inf., it depends on him to.., rests with him to.., ἔστιν ἐν σοὶ ἢ.. ἤ.. Hdt.6.109
, cf. 3.85, etc.; ταῦτα δ' ἐν τῷ δαίμονι καὶ τῇδε φῦναι χἁτέρᾳ S.OC 1443
; ἐν σοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν Id.OT 314
; ἐν σοὶ δ' ἐσμὲν καὶ ζῆν καὶ μή E.Alc. 278
; ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τὰ πράγματα ἐγένετο Th.1.74
; ἐν τῷ θεῷ τὸ τέλος ἦν, οὐκ ἐμοί D.18.193
; also ἐν τούτῳ εἰσὶν πᾶσαι αἱ ἀποδείξεις depend on this, Pl.Prt. 354e; ἐν τούτῳ λύεται ἡ ἀπορία ἢ ἄλλοθι οὐδαμοῦ ib. 321e; ἔν γ' ἐμοί so far as rests with me, S.OC 153 (lyr.); ἐν δὲ σοὶ λελείψομαι E.Hipp. 324
; also ἐν ἐμοί in my judgement, S.OC 1214 (lyr.); ἐν θεοῖς καλά in the eyes of the gods, Id.Ant. 925.

7 in respect of, ἐν πάντεσσ' ἔργοισι δαήμονα φῶτα Il.23.671
; ἐν γήρᾳ σύμμετρός τινι in point of age.., S. OT 1112; ἐν ἐμοὶ θρασύς in my case, towards me, Id.Aj. 1315; ἐν θανοῦσιν ὑβριστής ib. 1092; ἡ ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις μάθησις Pl.La. 190d; also οὐδὲν δεινὸν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ στῇ stop with me, Id.Ap. 28b.

8 in a pregnant construction with Verbs of motion, into; implying both motion to and subsequent position in a place, ἐν κονίῃσι χαμαὶ πέσεν fell [to the dust and lay] in it, Il.4.482, etc.; βάλον ἐν κονίῃσι 5.588
; νηῒ δ' ἐνὶ πρύμνῃ ἔναρα θῆκ' 10.570
; ἐν χερσὶ τιθέναι 1.441
, etc.; ἐν χερσὶ βαλεῖν 5.574
; ἐν στήθεσσι μένος βαλεῖν ib. 513; ἐν Τρωσὶν ὄρουσαν 16.258
; ἐν χερσὶ πεσέειν 6.81
; λέων ἐν βουσὶ θορών 5.161
; ἐν δ' οἶνον ἔχευεν ἐν δέπαϊ χρυσέῳ Od.20.261
; ἐν τεύχεσσιν ἔδυνον Il.23.131
: in Trag. and [dialect] Att., ἐν ποίμναις πίτνων S.Aj. 184
(lyr.), cf. 374 (lyr.); ἐν χωρίῳ ἐμπεπτωκώς Th.7.87
; ἡ ἐν τῷ Σπειραίῳ τῶν νεῶν καταφυγή Id.8.11
; ἐν τόπῳ καταπεφευγέναι Pl.Sph. 260c
; ἐν ᾅδου διαπορευθείς Id.Lg. 905b
; ῥιπτοῦντες σφᾶς ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ Arr.An.1.19.4
; later, with Verbs of coming and going, διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ Paus.7.4.3
, cf. LXX To.5.5, Arr.Epict.1.11.32, etc.: τὸν ἐν Σικελίᾳ πλοῦν is f.l. in Lys. 19.43 codd.

9 πίνειν ἐν ποτηρίῳ to drink from a cup, Luc.DDeor. 6.2; ἐν ἀργύρῳ πίνειν Id.Merc.Cond.26
; ἐν μικροῖς D.L.1.104
.

10 ἄργυρος ἐν ἐκπώμασι silver in the form of plate, Plu.2.260a; ἐμ φέρνῃ, ἐν θέματι, as a dowry, pledge, PPetr.1p.37, PTeb.120.125 (i B. C.).

11 in citations, ἐν τοῦ σκήπτρου τῇ παραδόσει in the passage of the Il. describing this, Th.1.9, cf. Pl.Tht. 147c, Phlb. 33b.

II OF STATE, CONDITION or POSITION:

1 of outward circumstances, ἐν πολέμῳ Od.10.553
; ἐν δαιτί Il.4.259
; ἐν καρὸς αἴσῃ 9.378
; ἐν μοίρῃ Od.22.54
; οὑμὸς ἐν φάει βίος E.Ph. 1281
; ἐν γένει εἶναί τινι to be related to.., S.OT 1016; of occupations, pursuits, ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ εἶναι to be engaged in philosophy, Pl.Phd. 59a, cf. R. 489b; οἱ ἐν ποιήσι γενόμενοι poets, Hdt.2.82; οἱ ἐν τοῖς πράγμασι ministers of state, Th.3.28; οἱ ἐν τέλει the magistrates, Id.7.73, etc.; τοὺς ἐν ταῖς μοναρχίαις ὄντας Isoc.2.5
; ὁ ἐν ταῖς προσόδοις PPetr.1p.62
; ὁ μάντις ἦν ἐν τῇ τέχνῃ in the practice of it, S.OT 562.

2 of inward states, of feeling, etc., ἐν φιλότητι, ἐν δοιῇ, Il.7.302,9.230; ἐν φόβῳ γενέσθαι Pl.R. 578e
; οὐκ ἐν αἰσχύνῃ τὰ σά E.Ph. 1276
; ἐν σιωπῇ τἀμά Id. Ion 1397
; ἐν ὀργῇ ἔχειν τινά to make him the object of one's anger, Th.2.21; ἐν ἔριδι εἶναι ibid.; ἐν αἰτίᾳ σχεῖν τινά to blame him, Hdt.5.106; ἐν αἰτίᾳ βαλεῖν S.OT 656
(lyr.); ἐν αἰτίᾳ εἶναι to have the blame, X.Mem. 2.8.9, etc.; οἱ ἐν ταῖς αἰτίαις D.Ep.2.14
.

3 freq. with neut. Adj., ἐν βραχεῖ, = βραχέως, S.El. 673; ἐν τάχει, = ταχέως, Id.OT 765, etc.; ἐν καλῷ ἐστί, = καλῶς ἔχει, E.Heracl. 971; ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ [ ἐστί] Id.IT 762; ἐν εὐμαρεῖ [ ἐστί] Id.Hel. 1227; ἐν ἐλαφρῷ ποιήσασθαι Hdt.3.154
; ἐν ἴσῳ, = ἴσως, ἐν ὁμοίῳ, = ὁμοίως, Th.2.53: less freq. in pl., ἐν ἀργοῖς, = ἀργῶς, S.OT 287; ἐν κενοῖς, = κενῶς, Id.Aj. 971: with a Subst., ἐν δίκᾳ, = δικαίως, opp. παρὰ δίκαν, Pi.O.2.16, cf. S.Tr. 1069, Ar.Eq. 258, Pl.R. 475c, al.; ἦσαν οὐκέτι ὁμοίως ἐν ἡδονῇ ἄρχοντες Th.1.99
, cf. Pl. Epin. 977b.

III OF THE INSTRUMENT, MEANS or MANNER, ἐν πυρὶ πρήσαντες Il.7.429
; δῆσαι ἐνὶ δεσμῷ 5.386
, cf. Od.12.54, etc.; but in most cases the orig. sense may be traced, to put in the fire and burn, infetters and bind, etc.; so ἐν πόνοις δαμέντα A.Pr. 425
(lyr.); ἔζευξα πρῶτος ἐν ζυγοῖσι κνώδαλα ib. 462; ἔργον ἐν κύβοις Ἄρης κρινεῖ Id.Th. 414
; also ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν or ἐν ὄμμασιν ὁρᾶσθαι, ἰδέσθαι, to see with or before one's eyes, i.e. have the object in one's eye, Il.3.306, Od.10.385, etc.; ἔν τε τῇ ὄψει διαγιγνώσκειν καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀκοῇ Pl.Tht. 206a
; also ἐν ὠσὶ νωμῶν ὄρνιθας A.Th.25
; also ἐν λιταῖς by prayers, S.Ph.60; ἐν δόλῳ by deceit, ib. 102; ἐν λόγοις by words, A.Ch. 613 (lyr.); ἀπέκτειναν ἐν τῇ προφάσει ταύτῃ Lys.13.12
, cf. Antipho 5.59; ψαύειν ἐν κερτομίοις γλώσσαις S.Ant. 961
(lyr.); ἐν τοῖς ὁμοίοις νόμοις ποιήσαντες τὰς κρίσεις Th.1.77
; esp. with Verbs of showing, σημαίνειν ἐν ἱεροῖς καὶ οἰωνοῖς X.Cyr.8.7.3
; τὰ πραχθέντα.. ἐν.. ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε ye know by letters, Th.7.11; ἐν τῇδε ῥάβδῳ πάντα ποιήσεις Ezek.Exag. 132
, cf. PMag.Osl.1.108.

2 of a personal instrument, ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Ev.Matt.9.34
.

IV OF TIME, ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ Il.16.643
; ἐν νυκτί Hdt.6.69
, X. Smp.1.9; ἐν χρόνῳ μακρῷ S.Ph. 235
, OC88; ἐν τούτῳ (sc. τῷ χρόνῶ) in this space of time, Hdt.1.126, etc.; ἐν ᾧ (sc. χρόνῳ) during the time that, S.Tr. 929, etc. (also ἐν οἷς Arist.Mu. 391a2
); ἐν ὅσῳ Th.3.28
; ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς in the time of the truce, X.An.3.1.1; ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ Th.7.73
(but in some phrases the ἐν is omitted, as μυστηρίοις in the course of the mysteries, Ar.Pl. 1013; τραγῳδοῖς at the performance of.., Aeschin.3.36).

b ἐν ἄρχοντι Μητροδώρῳ during the archonship of M., IG7.1773 (Thebes, ii A. D.); ἐν ἄρχοντι Σύλλᾳ ib.3.113.

2 in, within, ἐν ἡμέρῃ Hdt.1.126
; ἐν ἔτεσι πεντήκοντα Th.1.118
; ἐν τρισὶ μησί X.HG1.1.37
, etc.; μυρίαις ἐν ἁμέραις in, i.e. after, countless days, E.Ph. 305 (lyr.); ἐν ἡμέραις πολλαῖς νοσῆσαι Procop.Arc.9.35
.

V OF NUMBERS generally, ἐν δυσὶ σταδίοις within two stadia, D.S.20.74, cf. 19.39, dub. in Th.6.1.

2 with gen. of price, ἐν δύο ταλάντων LXX 3 Ki.16.24
.

3 amounting to, προῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις BGU970.14
(ii A. D.), etc.

B WITH Acc., into, on, for, Arc. ἰν, νόμος ἰν ἄματα πάντα IG5
(2).5; γράψαι ἐν χάλκωμα ib.511; ἐν πελτοφόρας ἀπεγράψατο ib.7.210 ([place name] Aegosthenae), etc.; also poet., ἐν πάντα νόμον Pi.P.2.86
.

C WITHOUT CASE, AS ADVERB, in the phrase ἐν δέ..,

1 and therein, Il.9.361; ἐν μέν.. ἐν δέ Od.13.244
.

2 and among them, Il.2.588, etc.; in Hdt., mostly ἐν δὲ δή .. 3.39, 5.95; or ἐν δὲ καί.. 2.43
, 172, 176.

3 and besides, moreover (not in [dialect] Att. Prose), S.Aj. 675, OT 181 (lyr.), al.; ἐν δ' ὑπέρας τε κάλους τε πόδας τ' ἐνέδησεν ἐν αὐτῇ Od.5.260
.

4 ἔνι, = ἔνεστι, ἔνεισι, Il.20.248, etc.

D POSITION: ἐν freq. stands between its Subst. and the Adj. agreeing therewith, Il.22.61, B.5.41, etc.: without an Adj., τῷ δ' ἐν ἐρινεός ἐστι μέγας Od.12.103
: most freq. in Hom. in the form ἐνί, which is then written by anastrophe ἔνι, Il.7.221, Od.5.57; in Pi. between Subst. and gen., χόρτοις ἐν λέοντος O.13.44
, al.--One or more independent words sts. come between the Prep. and its dat., as in Od.11.115; also in Prose, Hdt.6.69.

E IN COMPOS.,

I with Verbs, the Prep. mostly retains its sense of being in or at a place, etc., c. dat., or folld. by εἰς.. , or ἐν..: in such forms as ἐνορᾶν τινί τι, in translating, we resolve the compd., to remark a thing in one.

b also, at a person, ἐγγελᾶν, ἐνυβρίζειν τινί.

2 with Adjs., it expresses

a a modified degree, as in ἔμπηλος, ἔμπικρος, ἔνσιμος, rather...

b the possession of a quality, as in ἔναιμος with blood in it, ἐνάκανθος thorny: ἔμφωνος with a voice: ἔννομος in accordance with law, etc.

II ἐν becomes ἐμ- before the labials β μ π φ ψ; ἐγ- before the gutturals γ κ ξ Χ; ἐλ- before λ; ἐρ- before ρ; rarely ἐς- before ς; but Inscrr. and Papyri often preserve ἐν- in all these cases.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐν

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Prose or Sequence — • A liturgical hymn used on certain festivals before the Gospel in the Mass Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Prose Or Sequence Prose or Sequence … Catholic encyclopedia
nonfictional prose — Introduction any literary work that is based mainly on fact, even though it may contain fictional elements. Examples are the essay and biography. Defining nonfictional prose literature is an immensely challenging task. This type of… … Universalium
Augustan prose — is somewhat ill defined, as the definition of Augustan relies primarily upon changes in taste in poetry. However, the general time represented by Augustan literature saw a rise in prose writing as high literature. The essay, satire, and dialogue… … Wikipedia
Hel (being) — Hel (1889) by Johannes Gehrts. In Norse mythology, Hel is a being who presides over a realm of the same name, where she receives a portion of the dead. Hel is attested in the Poetic Edda, compiled in the 13th century from earlier traditional… … Wikipedia
musical form — Introduction the structure of a musical composition. The term is regularly used in two senses: to denote a standard type, or genre, and to denote the procedures in a specific work. The nomenclature for the various musical formal types may… … Universalium
Laws of Form — (hereinafter LoF ) is a book by G. Spencer Brown, published in 1969, that straddles the boundary between mathematics and of philosophy. LoF describes three distinct logical systems: * The primary arithmetic (described in Chapter 4), whose models… … Wikipedia
La prose du Transsibérien et de la Petite Jehanne de France — (Prose of the Trans Siberian and of Little Jehanne of France) is a collaborative artists book by Blaise Cendrars and Sonia Delaunay Terk. The book features a poem by Cendrars about a journey through Russia on the Trans Siberian Express in 1905,… … Wikipedia
South Asian arts — Literary, performing, and visual arts of India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, and Sri Lanka. Myths of the popular gods, Vishnu and Shiva, in the Puranas (ancient tales) and the Mahabharata and Ramayana epics, supply material for representational and… … Universalium
French literature — Introduction the body of written works in the French language produced within the geographic and political boundaries of France. The French language was one of the five major Romance languages to develop from Vulgar Latin as a result of the … Universalium
Southeast Asian arts — Literary, performing, and visual arts of Myanmar (Burma), Thailand, Laos, Cambodia, Vietnam, Malaysia, Singapore, and the Philippines. The classical literatures of Southeast Asia can be divided into three major regions: the Sanskrit region of… … Universalium
biblical literature — Introduction four bodies of written works: the Old Testament writings according to the Hebrew canon; intertestamental works, including the Old Testament Apocrypha; the New Testament writings; and the New Testament Apocrypha. The Old… … Universalium

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с греческого на английский

Prose form being

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с греческого на английский

Prose form being

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: